1 #LyX 1.4.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
20 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
21 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
23 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
24 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
25 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
27 \usepackage{courier} }
28 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
29 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
31 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
32 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
33 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
36 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
38 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
39 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
40 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
41 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
42 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
43 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
44 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
46 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
48 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
49 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
51 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
53 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
54 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
55 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
58 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
62 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
74 \paperorientation portrait
77 \paragraph_separation indent
79 \quotes_language english
82 \paperpagestyle default
83 \tracking_changes false
98 \begin_layout Standard
100 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
103 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
111 \begin_layout Standard
112 \begin_inset Note Note
115 \begin_layout Standard
116 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
123 \begin_layout Standard
124 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
132 \begin_layout Standard
133 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
140 \begin_layout Chapter
144 \begin_layout Section
148 \begin_layout Standard
149 LyX is a document preparation system.
150 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
151 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
152 It is unlike most other
153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
160 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
162 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
174 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
179 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
183 \begin_layout Standard
184 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
197 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
201 \begin_layout Standard
203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
215 the format of all of the manuals.
216 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
217 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_layout Section
238 \begin_layout Subsection
242 \begin_layout Standard
243 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
249 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
251 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
252 already done that in the
257 Check there for more info.
260 \begin_layout Standard
261 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
264 \begin_layout Standard
265 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
266 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
267 More on that in a bit.
270 \begin_layout Subsection
274 \begin_layout Standard
275 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
277 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
278 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
280 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
286 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
300 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
303 \begin_layout Standard
304 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
305 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
306 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
308 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
309 only a vertical scrollbar.
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
314 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
315 This, however, is due
316 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
317 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
318 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
319 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
321 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
322 this doesn't work for equations yet.
325 \begin_layout Subsection
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
331 commercial applications.
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
342 of the manuals from inside LyX.
343 Just select the manual you want read from the
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
355 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
356 Here's what one of our authors,
360 , once said about manuals:
363 \begin_layout Quotation
367 \begin_layout Quotation
368 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
369 They are aggravating.
370 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
371 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
372 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
373 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
374 then they should sit down and learn
378 they start up a major piece of software.
381 \begin_layout Quotation
382 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
384 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
385 and intimidated, not stupid.
386 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
387 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
390 \begin_layout Standard
393 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
394 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
395 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
396 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
400 \begin_layout Section
404 \begin_layout Subsection
405 Basic File Operations
408 \begin_layout Standard
416 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
417 more advanced operations:
420 \begin_layout Itemize
429 \begin_layout Itemize
441 \begin_layout Itemize
450 \begin_layout Itemize
459 \begin_layout Itemize
468 \begin_layout Itemize
479 \begin_layout Itemize
488 \begin_layout Itemize
497 \begin_layout Itemize
507 \begin_layout Standard
508 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
509 a few minor differences.
515 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
524 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
525 you for a template to use.
526 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
527 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
528 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
531 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
538 \begin_layout Standard
540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
563 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
564 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
567 \begin_layout Standard
575 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
580 \begin_layout Standard
581 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
594 It will simply reload the document from disk.
595 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
596 and want to restore it to the last save.
599 \begin_layout Standard
600 The second matter of note concerns the commands
605 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
617 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
633 to save us all from our own stupidity.
634 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
635 be informed that there are unsaved files.
638 \begin_layout Subsection
639 Basic Editing Features
642 \begin_layout Standard
643 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
644 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
645 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
646 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
648 We'll start with cut and paste.
651 \begin_layout Standard
652 As you might expect, the
659 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
660 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
690 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 The first three are self-explanatory.
696 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
697 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
706 keys also functions as the
711 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
712 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
713 it with what you just typed.
721 to get back the lost text.
724 \begin_layout Standard
730 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
737 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
747 The text you want to find goes in the
756 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
764 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
774 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
777 \begin_layout Standard
786 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
789 \begin_layout Standard
799 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
801 If the toggle is set, searching for
802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
813 will not match the word
814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
828 \begin_layout Standard
837 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
877 \begin_layout Subsection
881 \begin_layout Standard
882 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
883 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
889 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
896 to undo some mistake.
897 If you accidently undo too much, use
902 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
917 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
922 \begin_layout Standard
923 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
924 it was last saved, the
925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
932 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
933 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
936 \begin_layout Standard
951 work on almost everything in LyX.
952 They have some quirks, too.
967 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
968 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
982 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
983 hopefully appreciate how it works.
986 \begin_layout Subsection
990 \begin_layout Standard
991 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
992 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
993 can do with the mouse.
994 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
997 \begin_layout Enumerate
1002 \begin_layout Itemize
1007 once anywhere in the edit window.
1008 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1012 \begin_layout Enumerate
1017 \begin_layout Itemize
1023 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1029 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1032 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1035 \begin_layout Itemize
1036 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1041 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1048 \begin_layout Enumerate
1049 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1062 left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1063 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1067 \begin_layout Enumerate
1072 \begin_layout Standard
1077 the right mouse button
1081 to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
1085 \begin_layout Subsection
1087 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
1094 \begin_layout Standard
1095 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1096 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1098 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1099 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1102 \begin_layout Standard
1129 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1133 \begin_layout Labeling
1134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1139 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1140 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1141 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
1146 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
1150 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1152 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
1158 If you're still confused, look in the
1165 \begin_layout Labeling
1166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1179 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1180 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1183 \begin_layout Labeling
1184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1195 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1196 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1200 \begin_layout Labeling
1201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1216 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1220 works as expected and
1224 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1228 \begin_layout Standard
1229 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1230 by that, go read section
1231 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
1236 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1240 \begin_layout Standard
1241 Then there are the modifier keys:
1244 \begin_layout Labeling
1245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1250 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1251 in combination with:
1255 \begin_layout Itemize
1264 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1267 \begin_layout Itemize
1276 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1279 \begin_layout Itemize
1288 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1292 \begin_layout Labeling
1293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1298 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1299 and new cursor positions.
1302 \begin_layout Labeling
1303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1308 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1310 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1311 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1312 one actually performs the
1317 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1319 menu accelerator keys
1322 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1323 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1327 \begin_layout Standard
1328 For example, the sequence
1329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1373 There are also other things bound to the
1377 key, but you'll have to check in the
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1391 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1392 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1393 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1394 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1395 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1396 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1412 followed by a capital
1418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1436 \begin_layout Section
1437 Using LyX with Other Programs
1440 \begin_layout Subsection
1441 Importing ASCII files
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1445 You can import text from an ASCII file using the
1450 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1455 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1470 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 \begin_layout Standard
1494 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1499 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1509 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1510 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1511 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1514 \begin_layout Standard
1520 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1525 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1535 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1536 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1542 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1548 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1549 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1550 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1554 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1555 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1558 \begin_layout Subsection
1559 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1562 \begin_layout Standard
1575 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1576 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1577 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1578 text with the middle mouse button.
1582 \begin_layout Standard
1583 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1584 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1585 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1588 \begin_layout Chapter
1589 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1592 \begin_layout Section
1596 \begin_layout Standard
1597 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1598 can safely skip this chapter.
1599 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1600 distributed with it.
1603 \begin_layout Standard
1604 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1606 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1613 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1626 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1627 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1629 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1634 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1635 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1643 \begin_layout Section
1645 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1653 There are two ways to run LyX.
1654 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1655 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1656 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1664 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1665 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1666 are put in the correct places.
1669 \begin_layout Standard
1670 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1671 without resorting to configuration files.
1672 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1673 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1674 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1681 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1682 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1683 which are not seen by LyX.
1684 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1689 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1697 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1698 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1699 about what has been found under
1704 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 \begin_layout Standard
1716 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1717 document-level setting that you can change via the
1722 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1730 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1731 taste and save them with the
1738 Document\InsetSpace ~
1749 This will create a template named
1753 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1754 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1757 \begin_layout Standard
1758 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1759 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1764 It will then attempt to read a file called
1772 \begin_layout Standard
1777 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1778 This directory is called LyX's
1787 To find out where it is, use
1792 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1799 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1812 \begin_layout Standard
1818 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1825 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1829 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1833 \begin_layout Section
1834 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1835 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
1842 \begin_layout Standard
1843 To use LyX properly, X
1847 be set up correctly.
1848 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1849 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1850 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1851 you must do this yourself.
1852 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1853 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1854 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1857 \begin_layout Subsection
1858 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1862 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1863 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1865 If you don't have them, install them.
1868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1872 \begin_layout Standard
1873 This document contains no information on how to use
1887 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1889 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1892 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1916 \begin_layout Standard
1917 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1918 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1919 output in a form readable by
1924 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1928 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1931 \begin_layout Subsection
1932 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1935 \begin_layout Standard
1936 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1949 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1953 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1955 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1963 ) or as a prefix key.
1964 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1971 \begin_layout Itemize
1977 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1983 \begin_layout Itemize
1989 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1995 \begin_layout Itemize
2001 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2007 \begin_layout Itemize
2013 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2019 \begin_layout Standard
2020 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2021 only from time to time.
2022 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2023 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2026 \begin_layout Subsection
2027 Helpful Hints and Tips
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2031 First, open up two xterminals.
2032 Use one to edit a new
2045 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2050 to output the new keymap.
2055 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2056 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2060 file, and you're done.
2064 \begin_layout Standard
2065 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2070 This will create a usable map file.
2078 \begin_layout Standard
2079 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2080 Try executing the command
2085 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2088 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2090 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2091 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2112 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2113 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2122 to the same operation.
2124 Other programs, however, use
2132 for different operations.
2133 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2141 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2144 \begin_layout Section
2148 \begin_layout Standard
2149 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2154 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2158 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2159 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2163 \begin_layout Standard
2164 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2165 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2176 That's how you pronounce
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2192 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2213 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2221 format, or Dvi, for short.
2222 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2223 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2225 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2230 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2231 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2232 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2235 \begin_layout Standard
2236 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2237 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2238 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2239 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2240 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2243 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
2248 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
2255 \begin_layout Section
2256 Dvips and Ghostscript
2259 \begin_layout Subsection
2263 \begin_layout Standard
2264 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2265 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2267 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2271 \begin_layout Itemize
2277 \begin_layout Itemize
2283 \begin_layout Itemize
2289 \begin_layout Itemize
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2302 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2309 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2310 with LaTeX and should read the
2314 document before proceeding further.
2319 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2321 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2322 the PostScript through
2326 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2327 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2328 every time you print.
2329 For now, we'll concentrate on
2336 \begin_layout Subsection
2338 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
2345 \begin_layout Standard
2346 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2347 you should configure
2357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2364 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2366 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2380 set up to send output to the default printer.
2381 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2384 \begin_layout Standard
2385 If you are not a mood to configure
2389 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2390 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2391 expect from your printer.
2392 At least, it will print.
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2397 on Linux), you should run the program
2402 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2406 you should then select menu entry
2411 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2419 \begin_layout Standard
2420 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2424 how to automagically convert a
2432 file adapted to printer
2436 , you need to have a config-file,
2437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2448 lying around somewhere.
2459 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2461 in most TeX distributions.
2462 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2463 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2475 It'll be there somewhere.
2478 \begin_layout Standard
2479 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2484 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2504 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2510 containing only the relevant lines.
2514 \begin_layout Standard
2515 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2516 There may exist a line that looks like,
2517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2528 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2542 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2547 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2571 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2573 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2574 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2575 best possible result on your printer.
2576 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2581 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2585 \begin_layout Standard
2586 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2587 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2588 To do this, you should launch the
2597 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2608 tab, and set the entries
2621 \begin_layout Standard
2622 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2624 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2635 environment variable.
2636 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2638 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2643 \begin_layout Standard
2644 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2648 as a filter for your print spooler.
2649 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2650 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2653 \begin_layout Standard
2654 Some people don't seem to like using the
2663 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2664 into your printer language.
2665 You can specify this program in the
2670 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2671 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2672 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2673 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2685 \begin_layout Subsection
2686 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2689 \begin_layout Standard
2703 files, while the later interfaces with
2707 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2710 \begin_layout Standard
2711 A quick note on both of these programs.
2712 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2725 file, not the files used to make these.
2731 You can also force an update.
2732 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2734 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2738 \begin_layout Standard
2739 The LyX team recommends using
2743 for fine tuning documents.
2744 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2745 you can view the changes.
2749 \begin_layout Enumerate
2754 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2757 \begin_layout Enumerate
2758 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2761 \begin_layout Enumerate
2762 To view those changes, just choose
2767 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2772 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2780 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Now, this doesn't mean
2801 is better suited to those occasions where you
2805 view the PostScript version of the document.
2806 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2812 There is an alternative to
2816 which sports a much better interface:
2821 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2828 \begin_layout Section
2832 \begin_layout Standard
2835 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2836 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2837 printers set up for your system.
2838 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2843 as described in the last section.
2846 \begin_layout Standard
2849 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2850 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2852 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2853 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2856 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2857 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2858 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2877 \begin_layout Chapter
2881 \begin_layout Section
2885 \begin_layout Subsection
2889 \begin_layout Standard
2890 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2895 of document you want to edit.
2896 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2897 numbering schemes, and so on.
2898 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2899 and format the title of your document differently.
2902 \begin_layout Standard
2907 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2908 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2909 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2910 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2911 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2914 \begin_layout Standard
2915 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2916 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2919 \begin_layout Subsection
2920 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
2924 The Various Document Classes
2927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2931 \begin_layout Standard
2932 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2936 \begin_layout Description
2937 Article for basic articles
2940 \begin_layout Description
2941 Report for basic reports
2944 \begin_layout Description
2945 Book for writing a book
2948 \begin_layout Description
2949 Letter for US-style letters
2952 \begin_layout Description
2953 Slides is used to make transparencies
2956 \begin_layout Standard
2957 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2958 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2961 \begin_layout Description
2962 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2966 \begin_layout Description
2967 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2968 Mathematical Society].
2969 There are three amsart layouts available.
2970 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2974 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2975 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2976 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2981 sequential numbering
2982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2985 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2986 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2987 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2988 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2991 \begin_layout Description
2992 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
2993 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
2994 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
2995 that you would need to number results.
2998 \begin_layout Description
2999 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3002 \begin_layout Description
3003 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3008 \begin_layout Description
3009 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3010 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3011 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3013 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3020 \begin_layout Description
3021 Paper for use with the
3025 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3028 \begin_layout Description
3029 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3030 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3032 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3035 \begin_layout Standard
3036 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3038 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3043 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3044 of the document classes.
3047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3051 \begin_layout Standard
3052 You can select a class using the
3059 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3065 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3073 \begin_layout Standard
3074 Each class has a default set of options.
3075 Here's a quick table describing them:
3078 \begin_layout Standard
3079 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3085 \begin_layout Standard
3087 \begin_inset Tabular
3088 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3095 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3099 \begin_layout Standard
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Standard
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Standard
3159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3162 \begin_layout Standard
3178 <row topline="true">
3179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3182 \begin_layout Standard
3196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3199 \begin_layout Standard
3214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3217 \begin_layout Standard
3232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3235 \begin_layout Standard
3250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3253 \begin_layout Standard
3269 <row topline="true">
3270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3308 \begin_layout Standard
3323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3326 \begin_layout Standard
3341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3344 \begin_layout Standard
3360 <row topline="true">
3361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3381 \begin_layout Standard
3396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3417 \begin_layout Standard
3432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3435 \begin_layout Standard
3451 <row topline="true">
3452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3455 \begin_layout Standard
3469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3472 \begin_layout Standard
3487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3490 \begin_layout Standard
3505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3508 \begin_layout Standard
3523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3526 \begin_layout Standard
3541 <row topline="true">
3542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3562 \begin_layout Standard
3577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3580 \begin_layout Standard
3595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3598 \begin_layout Standard
3613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3616 \begin_layout Standard
3632 <row topline="true">
3633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3636 \begin_layout Standard
3650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3689 \begin_layout Standard
3704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3707 \begin_layout Standard
3723 <row topline="true">
3724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3727 \begin_layout Standard
3741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3780 \begin_layout Standard
3795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3798 \begin_layout Standard
3814 <row topline="true">
3815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3853 \begin_layout Standard
3868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3904 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3908 \begin_layout Standard
3922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3943 \begin_layout Standard
3958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3979 \begin_layout Standard
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 There is no default value of
4019 for any of these classes.
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 You're probably also wondering what
4025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4034 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4035 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4040 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4045 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4055 headings, there are also
4063 headings, and so on.
4064 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4065 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
4072 \begin_layout Subsection
4073 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4076 \begin_layout Standard
4077 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4093 That's what this section is for.
4096 \begin_layout Labeling
4097 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4105 This is another list, containing five options.
4106 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4110 \begin_layout Standard
4111 LaTeX does this part.
4120 \begin_layout Labeling
4121 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4126 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4129 \begin_layout Labeling
4130 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4135 No page numbers or headings.
4138 \begin_layout Labeling
4139 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4147 \begin_layout Labeling
4148 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4153 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4154 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4155 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4158 \begin_layout Labeling
4159 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4164 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4170 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4171 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4173 Check the documentation for the
4177 package for more details.
4181 \begin_layout Labeling
4182 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4187 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4188 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4194 have a printer that duplexes
4198 \begin_layout Standard
4200 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4205 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4206 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4211 There are two radio buttons here:
4215 for single-sided documents,
4219 for double-sided documents.
4223 \begin_layout Labeling
4224 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4229 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4230 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4238 for the number of columns.
4243 \begin_layout Standard
4244 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4245 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4250 be two columns in the generated output.
4254 \begin_layout Labeling
4255 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4271 takes several options.
4272 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4273 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4274 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4275 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4279 \begin_layout Labeling
4280 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4285 This has its own section.
4288 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
4292 for a description of what this does.
4295 \begin_layout Subsection
4296 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 There are several other options to set in the
4302 Document\InsetSpace ~
4306 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4307 affect certain features.
4308 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4309 features they affect.
4312 \begin_layout Standard
4313 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4314 we'll describe them here.
4315 You'll find them in the
4326 \begin_layout Labeling
4327 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4332 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4350 \begin_layout Labeling
4351 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4360 What size paper to print on.
4365 \begin_layout Itemize
4371 \begin_layout Itemize
4381 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Itemize
4393 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 \begin_layout Itemize
4405 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Standard
4413 Some of these settings require you to have the
4418 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4425 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 \begin_layout Standard
4430 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4435 That includes the paragraph environments.
4436 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4438 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4439 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4440 paragraph environments to
4444 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4445 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4446 the conversion and why it failed.
4449 \begin_layout Section
4450 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4453 \begin_layout Subsection
4455 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4464 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4469 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4470 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4471 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4476 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4482 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4483 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4484 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4488 \begin_layout Standard
4489 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4490 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4495 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4504 \begin_layout Standard
4505 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4506 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4508 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4509 LyX takes care of that.
4510 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4512 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4513 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4514 of a page, and so on.
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4524 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4525 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4529 of these pre-coded spacings.
4530 We'll explain more later.
4533 \begin_layout Subsection
4534 Global Indentation Method
4537 \begin_layout Standard
4538 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4553 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4556 \begin_layout Subsection
4560 \begin_layout Standard
4561 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4567 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4572 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4575 dialog and toggle the
4582 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4583 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4584 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4585 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4590 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4591 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4592 Typically, you'll select
4607 for the entire document and edit away.
4610 \begin_layout Subsection
4611 Changing Line Spacing
4614 \begin_layout Standard
4620 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4627 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4634 \begin_layout Section
4635 Paragraph Environments
4636 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
4643 \begin_layout Subsection
4647 \begin_layout Standard
4648 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4651 \begin_layout Standard
4675 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4676 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4677 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4686 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4689 \begin_layout Standard
4690 A paragraph environment is simply a
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4699 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4700 scheme, labels, and so on.
4701 Additionally, you can
4702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4709 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4710 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4711 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4712 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4713 days of typewriters.
4714 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4716 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4719 \begin_layout Standard
4720 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4722 LyX will change the environment of the
4726 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4727 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4728 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4732 \begin_layout Standard
4741 create a new paragraph using the
4745 paragraph environment.
4747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4754 because this isn't always the case.
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4759 If you are in one of these environments:
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4773 \begin_layout Standard
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4791 \begin_layout Itemize
4797 \begin_layout Itemize
4803 \begin_layout Standard
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4819 \begin_layout Itemize
4825 \begin_layout Itemize
4831 \begin_layout Standard
4835 \begin_layout Standard
4847 \begin_layout Itemize
4853 \begin_layout Itemize
4859 \begin_layout Standard
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4875 \begin_layout Itemize
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4885 \begin_layout Standard
4895 \begin_layout Standard
4896 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4900 , rather than resetting it to
4905 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4910 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4911 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4912 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
4917 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4922 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4923 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4931 \begin_layout Subsection
4935 \begin_layout Standard
4936 The default paragraph environment is
4941 It creates a plain paragraph.
4942 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4943 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4944 this manual] are in the
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4952 You can nest a paragraph using the
4956 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4964 \begin_layout Subsection
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4978 for thanks or contact information.
4979 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4980 page along with today's date.
4981 For other types of documents, the title
4982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4989 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5008 Here's how you use them:
5011 \begin_layout Itemize
5012 Put the title of your document in the
5019 \begin_layout Itemize
5020 Put the author name in the
5027 \begin_layout Itemize
5028 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5029 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5035 Note that using this environment is optional.
5036 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5039 \begin_layout Standard
5040 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5041 You can use footnotes to insert
5042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5049 or contact information.
5052 \begin_layout Subsection
5054 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
5061 \begin_layout Standard
5062 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5063 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5064 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5074 \begin_inset Note Note
5077 \begin_layout Standard
5078 Why no mention of Part ?
5086 \begin_layout Enumerate
5092 \begin_layout Enumerate
5098 \begin_layout Enumerate
5104 \begin_layout Enumerate
5110 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 \begin_layout Enumerate
5122 \begin_layout Standard
5123 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5124 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5125 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5126 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5127 You group the book into chapters.
5128 LyX does similar grouping:
5131 \begin_layout Itemize
5140 is the maximum sectioning level.
5143 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 \begin_layout Itemize
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5179 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5203 \begin_layout Standard
5208 not all document types use the
5212 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5217 is the top-level heading.
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5225 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5226 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5228 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5249 \begin_layout Enumerate
5255 \begin_layout Enumerate
5261 \begin_layout Enumerate
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5276 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5277 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5281 Changing the Numbering
5282 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
5289 \begin_layout Standard
5290 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5291 in the Table of Contents.
5292 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5294 Certain classes start with
5308 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5318 This is something you can change.
5321 \begin_layout Standard
5327 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5335 You should see a counter labelled
5337 Section\InsetSpace ~
5346 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5348 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5349 here's a table of values and what they do:
5352 \begin_layout Standard
5353 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5361 \begin_inset Tabular
5362 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5366 <row topline="true">
5367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5390 \begin_layout Standard
5405 <row bottomline="true">
5406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5426 \begin_layout Standard
5441 <row topline="true">
5442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5445 \begin_layout Standard
5459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5471 no numbering of any kind
5477 <row topline="true">
5478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5498 \begin_layout Standard
5515 <row topline="true">
5516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5552 <row topline="true">
5553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5573 \begin_layout Standard
5589 <row topline="true">
5590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5593 \begin_layout Standard
5607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5610 \begin_layout Standard
5626 <row topline="true">
5627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5630 \begin_layout Standard
5644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5664 <row topline="true">
5665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5668 \begin_layout Standard
5682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5685 \begin_layout Standard
5702 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5706 \begin_layout Standard
5720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5723 \begin_layout Standard
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5763 will number parts and chapters, while
5764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5771 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5772 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5778 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5801 \begin_layout Standard
5802 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5806 contents\InsetSpace ~
5810 It works the same way as
5812 Section\InsetSpace ~
5813 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5816 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5818 This is a great control to have.
5819 Suppose you wanted to number
5823 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5835 s in the Table of Contents.
5838 Section\InsetSpace ~
5839 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5852 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5863 and voilà! You're all set.
5866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5870 \begin_layout Standard
5871 The following information applies to
5910 \begin_layout Itemize
5911 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5914 \begin_layout Itemize
5915 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5918 \begin_layout Itemize
5919 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5922 \begin_layout Itemize
5923 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5927 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5928 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5931 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5932 Creating an Appendix
5935 \begin_layout Standard
5936 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5937 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5942 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5950 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5954 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5955 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5956 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5959 \begin_layout Subsection
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5964 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5978 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5979 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5980 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5981 the text they contain.
5982 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5990 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5993 \begin_layout Standard
5994 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6003 when you start a new paragraph.
6004 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6008 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6009 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6010 to change back to the
6014 environment yourself.
6017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6027 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
6034 \begin_layout Standard
6035 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6036 time for the differences.
6045 are identical except for one difference:
6049 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6058 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6062 Here's an example of the
6075 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6077 See - no indentation!
6081 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6082 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6083 the other paragraph.
6086 \begin_layout Standard
6087 That ends that example.
6088 Here's another example, this time in the
6095 \begin_layout Quotation
6101 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6102 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6103 the first line, then
6107 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6111 you were quoting other text.
6114 \begin_layout Quotation
6115 Here's a new paragraph.
6116 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6117 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6121 That was our other example.
6122 As the example notes,
6126 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6127 They should put quotes in the
6132 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6136 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6143 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
6150 \begin_layout Standard
6155 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6162 Which I did not rehearse!
6166 It could be much worse.
6167 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6169 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6170 indented a bit more than the first.
6171 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6178 And make things look fine
6187 \begin_layout Standard
6192 does not indent both margins.
6193 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6194 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6205 \begin_layout Subsection
6207 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6215 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6225 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6234 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6235 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6236 some general features of all four of them.
6239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6243 \begin_layout Standard
6244 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6246 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6255 reset the environment to
6259 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6260 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6261 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6266 to break paragraphs.
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6271 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6273 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6274 you read all of section
6275 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6289 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6301 paragraph environment.
6302 It has the following properties:
6305 \begin_layout Itemize
6306 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6310 \begin_layout Itemize
6311 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6314 \begin_layout Itemize
6315 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6319 \begin_layout Itemize
6320 The items can be any length.
6321 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6322 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6334 environment inside another
6338 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6342 \begin_layout Itemize
6343 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6347 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6350 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6356 for a full explanation of nesting.
6360 \begin_layout Standard
6361 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6370 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6373 \begin_layout Standard
6374 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6375 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6376 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6380 The label for the first level
6384 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6388 \begin_layout Itemize
6389 The label for the second level is a dash.
6393 \begin_layout Itemize
6394 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6398 \begin_layout Itemize
6399 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6404 Back out to the third level.
6408 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 Back to the second level.
6413 \begin_layout Itemize
6414 Back to the outermost level.
6417 \begin_layout Standard
6418 These are the default labels for an
6423 You can customize these labels in the
6427 \begin_layout Standard
6441 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6455 \begin_layout Standard
6456 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6457 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6459 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6473 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
6480 \begin_layout Standard
6485 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6486 It has these properties:
6489 \begin_layout Enumerate
6490 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6494 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6499 \begin_layout Enumerate
6500 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6503 \begin_layout Enumerate
6508 environment resets the counter to one.
6511 \begin_layout Enumerate
6524 \begin_layout Enumerate
6525 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6526 Items can be any length.
6529 \begin_layout Enumerate
6530 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6533 \begin_layout Enumerate
6534 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6537 \begin_layout Enumerate
6538 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6542 \begin_layout Standard
6555 show the different labels for each item.
6556 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6563 \begin_layout Enumerate
6564 The first level of an
6568 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6572 \begin_layout Enumerate
6573 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6577 \begin_layout Enumerate
6578 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6582 \begin_layout Enumerate
6583 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6586 \begin_layout Enumerate
6587 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6592 \begin_layout Enumerate
6593 Back to the third level
6597 \begin_layout Enumerate
6598 Back to the second level.
6602 \begin_layout Enumerate
6603 Back to the outermost level.
6606 \begin_layout Standard
6607 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6612 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6617 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6618 not on the LyX screen.
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6622 There is more to nesting
6626 environments than we've stated here.
6632 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6636 to learn more about nesting.
6639 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6645 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6657 list has no fixed label.
6658 Instead, LyX uses the first
6659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6666 of the first line as the label.
6670 \begin_layout Description
6671 Example: This is an example of the
6678 \begin_layout Standard
6679 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6683 \begin_layout Standard
6684 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6688 uses the first 'word'.
6689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6696 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6705 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6710 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6715 environment? Simple: use a
6726 Special\InsetSpace ~
6731 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6736 otected\InsetSpace ~
6749 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
6753 for more info.] Here's an example:
6756 \begin_layout Description
6758 Example: This one shows how to use a
6760 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6770 \begin_layout Description
6771 Usage: You should use the
6775 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6776 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6778 It's not a good idea to use a
6782 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6783 You're better off using
6795 paragraphs into them.
6798 \begin_layout Description
6799 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6803 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6807 \begin_layout Standard
6808 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6809 them from the first line.
6812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6818 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6830 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6834 \begin_layout Standard
6835 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6836 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
6841 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
6854 create numbered lists.
6859 does, and it's documented in section
6860 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
6868 \begin_layout Standard
6877 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6878 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6882 \begin_layout Labeling
6883 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6885 labels LyX uses the first
6886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6893 of each line as the item label.
6898 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6899 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6900 blank as described above.
6903 \begin_layout Labeling
6904 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6905 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6906 the body of the item text.
6907 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6908 label width plus a little extra space.
6912 \begin_layout Labeling
6913 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6915 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6916 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6917 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6925 into the first line.
6926 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6927 margin of the rest of the item text.
6930 \begin_layout Labeling
6931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6932 default\InsetSpace ~
6933 width You can very easily set this default width.
6934 It's quite painless, actually.
6935 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6939 environment have the same left margin.
6942 \begin_layout Labeling
6943 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6944 uses You should use the
6948 environment the same way you'd use as
6952 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6958 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6962 \begin_layout Labeling
6963 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6964 nesting You can nest
6968 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6970 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6972 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6976 to learn about nesting.
6979 \begin_layout Standard
6980 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6983 \begin_layout Standard
6984 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6986 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6990 item if you want to change only its label width.
6996 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7001 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7015 box determines the default label width.
7016 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7017 here, but you don't need to.
7018 We recommend using the letter
7019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7027 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7028 The default label width in the example
7033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7049 as your unit of width in the
7054 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7060 every time you alter a label in a
7067 \begin_layout Standard
7068 There's yet another feature of the
7072 environment we need to tell you about.
7073 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7074 You can use additional
7078 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7084 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7089 Here are some examples:
7092 \begin_layout Labeling
7093 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7094 Left The default for
7101 \begin_layout Labeling
7102 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7109 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7112 \begin_layout Labeling
7113 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7122 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7125 \begin_layout Standard
7126 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7131 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7138 \begin_layout Standard
7139 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7140 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7142 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7146 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7149 \begin_layout Subsection
7153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7166 \begin_layout Standard
7167 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7178 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7179 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7180 In contrast, you can use the
7189 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7190 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7194 \begin_layout Standard
7195 Of course, you're not limited to using
7210 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7211 some European academic papers.
7214 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7216 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
7223 \begin_layout Standard
7228 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7229 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7235 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7236 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7237 Here's an example of each:
7240 \begin_layout Right Address
7247 When is it? What is today?
7250 \begin_layout Standard
7257 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7258 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7259 Here's an example of the
7266 \begin_layout Address
7269 Where do I send this
7271 Your post office and country
7274 \begin_layout Standard
7275 As you can see, both
7284 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7285 Speaking of which, if you hit
7289 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7295 This makes sense, however, since
7303 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7314 Special\InsetSpace ~
7319 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7333 menu] to start a new line in an
7345 \begin_layout Subsection
7349 \begin_layout Standard
7350 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7351 or list of references.
7352 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7355 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7361 \begin_layout Standard
7366 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7371 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7375 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7380 environment is only useful in the
7381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7396 document classes [as well as
7397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7404 which is just a specialized version of
7405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7421 document class ignores the
7425 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7445 environment does several things for you.
7446 First, it puts the centered label
7447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7455 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7457 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7458 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7459 the subsequent text.
7460 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7461 If your document is in the
7462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7469 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7470 version of the file.
7473 \begin_layout Standard
7474 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7482 reset the paragraph environment.
7483 The new paragraph will still be in the
7488 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7489 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7493 We'd love to give you an example of the
7497 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7506 If you've never heard of an
7507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7514 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7523 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7535 environment is used to list references.
7540 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7544 only use it at the end of the document.
7545 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7549 in anything else or vice versa.
7553 \begin_layout Standard
7554 When you first open a
7558 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7574 depending on the document class.
7575 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7576 Each paragraph of the
7580 environment is a bibliography entry.
7589 reset the paragraph environment.
7590 Each new paragraph is still in the
7597 \begin_layout Standard
7606 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7607 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7616 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7618 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7620 We could choose the key
7621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7629 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7637 field isn't useless.
7638 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7643 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7651 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7652 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7653 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7658 appears at the end of this document.
7660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7664 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
7669 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
7674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7677 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7678 In the second one, we used the
7687 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7712 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7713 of the bibliography entry.
7716 \begin_layout Standard
7717 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7719 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7721 Extended LyX Features
7726 \begin_layout Subsection
7730 \begin_layout Standard
7731 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7732 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7733 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7742 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7754 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7765 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7781 , depending on which type of
7786 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7791 You can't really nest things into a
7796 Additionally, hitting
7800 resets the paragraph environment to
7808 can only be a single paragraph.
7811 \begin_layout Standard
7816 environment outside of a
7828 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
7833 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
7837 for more information on
7851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7857 \begin_layout Standard
7862 environment is another LyX extension.
7863 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7868 key as a fixed whitespace;
7872 \begin_layout Standard
7883 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7886 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7891 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7892 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7914 reset the paragraph environment.
7915 So, when you finish using the
7919 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7928 environment inside of others.
7931 \begin_layout Standard
7932 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7935 \begin_layout Itemize
7940 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7952 \begin_layout Itemize
7965 \begin_layout Itemize
7970 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7987 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7988 You must put at least one
7992 in any line you want blank.
7993 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7996 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8001 since that will insert
8006 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8014 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8017 \begin_layout Standard
8021 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8025 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8029 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8033 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8037 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8043 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8047 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8051 \begin_layout Standard
8052 This is just the standard
8053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8064 \begin_layout Standard
8069 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8070 rc-files, and so on.
8071 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8072 text as if you used a typewriter.
8075 \begin_layout Section
8076 Nesting Environments
8077 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
8084 \begin_layout Subsection
8088 \begin_layout Standard
8089 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8093 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8095 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
8100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8103 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8106 \begin_layout Standard
8107 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8112 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8117 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8118 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8119 screen and bytes in memory.
8120 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8121 and specific properties.
8122 However, what if you wanted one
8123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8130 to inherit some of the properties of another
8131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8143 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8144 In other words, you have a list
8148 of another list, with the inner list
8149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8159 \begin_layout Enumerate
8163 \begin_layout Enumerate
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8172 \begin_layout Enumerate
8177 \begin_layout Enumerate
8181 \begin_layout Standard
8182 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8183 you nest one list inside the other.
8187 \begin_layout Standard
8188 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8194 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8195 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8203 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8204 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8214 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8215 will tell you how far you are nested).
8218 \begin_layout Standard
8219 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8229 \begin_layout Standard
8240 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8247 to change the nesting level.
8248 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8249 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8253 \begin_layout Standard
8254 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8255 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8256 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8257 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8258 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8259 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8260 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8264 \begin_layout Standard
8265 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8266 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8268 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8271 \begin_layout Subsection
8272 What You Can and Can't Nest
8275 \begin_layout Standard
8276 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8277 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8282 can you or can't you.
8283 There's also the question of how.
8284 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8285 environment into it? A
8286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8293 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8304 \begin_layout Standard
8305 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8307 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8308 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8309 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8311 There is one last type of environment.
8312 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8313 You can't nest anything into them.
8316 \begin_layout Standard
8317 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8318 environments have them:
8322 \begin_layout Standard
8323 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8332 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8344 into other environments.
8346 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8347 Then again, it may not.
8348 We don't know for certain.
8349 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8350 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8358 \begin_layout Description
8359 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8360 Can't nest into them.
8364 \begin_layout Itemize
8370 \begin_layout Itemize
8376 \begin_layout Itemize
8382 \begin_layout Itemize
8389 \begin_layout Description
8391 Nestable You can nest them.
8392 You can nest other things into them.
8396 \begin_layout Itemize
8402 \begin_layout Itemize
8408 \begin_layout Itemize
8414 \begin_layout Itemize
8420 \begin_layout Itemize
8426 \begin_layout Itemize
8432 \begin_layout Itemize
8438 \begin_layout Itemize
8444 \begin_layout Itemize
8451 \begin_layout Description
8452 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8453 You can't nest anything into them.
8457 \begin_layout Itemize
8463 \begin_layout Itemize
8469 \begin_layout Itemize
8477 \begin_layout Itemize
8483 \begin_layout Itemize
8489 \begin_layout Itemize
8497 \begin_layout Itemize
8503 \begin_layout Itemize
8509 \begin_layout Itemize
8515 \begin_layout Itemize
8521 \begin_layout Itemize
8527 \begin_layout Itemize
8533 \begin_layout Itemize
8539 \begin_layout Itemize
8546 \begin_layout Itemize
8552 \begin_layout Itemize
8559 \begin_layout Subsection
8560 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8561 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
8568 \begin_layout Standard
8569 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8570 affected by nesting anyhow.
8574 \begin_layout Itemize
8578 \begin_layout Itemize
8582 \begin_layout Itemize
8586 \begin_layout Standard
8587 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8591 , this is no longer true.
8592 See below or look in sections
8593 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
8598 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
8605 \begin_layout Standard
8606 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8607 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8608 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8612 \begin_layout Standard
8613 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8621 of its own, it behaves just like a
8622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8629 paragraph environment.
8630 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8634 \begin_layout Standard
8635 Here's an example with a table:
8638 \begin_layout Enumerate
8643 \begin_layout Enumerate
8644 This is (a) and it's nested.
8648 \begin_layout Standard
8649 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8655 \begin_layout Standard
8657 \begin_inset Tabular
8658 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8660 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8661 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8662 <row topline="true">
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Standard
8681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8684 \begin_layout Standard
8700 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8704 \begin_layout Standard
8719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8722 \begin_layout Standard
8745 \begin_layout Standard
8746 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8753 \begin_layout Enumerate
8755 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8759 \begin_layout Enumerate
8763 \begin_layout Standard
8764 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8767 \begin_layout Enumerate
8772 \begin_layout Enumerate
8773 This is (a) and it's nested.
8777 \begin_layout Standard
8778 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8784 \begin_layout Standard
8786 \begin_inset Tabular
8787 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8790 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8791 <row topline="true">
8792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8795 \begin_layout Standard
8810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8813 \begin_layout Standard
8829 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8851 \begin_layout Standard
8874 \begin_layout Standard
8875 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8881 \begin_layout Enumerate
8888 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8891 \begin_layout Enumerate
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8896 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8900 \begin_layout Standard
8901 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8903 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8906 \begin_layout Enumerate
8911 \begin_layout Enumerate
8912 This is (a) and it's nested.
8915 \begin_layout Standard
8916 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8922 \begin_layout Standard
8924 \begin_inset Tabular
8925 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8929 <row topline="true">
8930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8933 \begin_layout Standard
8948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8951 \begin_layout Standard
8967 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8971 \begin_layout Standard
8986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8989 \begin_layout Standard
9012 \begin_layout Standard
9013 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9019 \begin_layout Enumerate
9021 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9029 \begin_layout Enumerate
9033 \begin_layout Standard
9034 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9040 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9041 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9045 \begin_layout Standard
9046 Then there are the so-called
9055 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9056 have a fixed location.
9058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9065 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9086 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9090 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9096 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9097 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9100 \begin_layout Subsection
9101 Usage and General Features
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9114 is the innermost possible depth.
9115 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9118 \begin_layout Enumerate
9119 level #1 - outermost
9123 \begin_layout Enumerate
9128 \begin_layout Enumerate
9133 \begin_layout Enumerate
9138 \begin_layout Itemize
9143 \begin_layout Itemize
9152 \begin_layout Standard
9153 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9154 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9158 \begin_layout Standard
9159 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9160 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9161 to produce output for your document.
9166 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9174 environment, and so on.
9175 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9178 \begin_layout Standard
9179 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9180 both of them in the example.
9181 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9191 For example, if we tried to nest another
9196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9209 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9210 to produce output for your document.
9218 \begin_layout Subsection
9222 \begin_layout Standard
9223 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9224 We have several examples of nested environments.
9225 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9229 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9230 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9233 \begin_layout Labeling
9234 \labelwidthstring MMM
9235 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9244 \begin_layout Labeling
9245 \labelwidthstring MMM
9246 #2-a This is level #2.
9247 We created it by using
9260 \begin_layout Labeling
9261 \labelwidthstring MMM
9262 #3-a This is level #3.
9263 This time, we just hit
9273 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9287 \begin_layout Standard
9292 environment, nested inside of
9293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9301 So, it's at level #4.
9302 We did this by hitting
9311 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9316 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9332 \begin_layout Standard
9337 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9344 \begin_layout Labeling
9345 \labelwidthstring MMM
9346 #4-a This is level #4.
9351 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9356 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9360 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9365 keep nesting things inside of
9366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9377 \begin_layout Labeling
9378 \labelwidthstring MMM
9379 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9384 \begin_layout Labeling
9385 \labelwidthstring MMM
9386 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9387 and this is level #6.
9388 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9392 \begin_layout Labeling
9393 \labelwidthstring MMM
9394 #5-b Back to level #5.
9408 \begin_layout Labeling
9409 \labelwidthstring MMM
9419 , we're back at level #4.
9423 \begin_layout Labeling
9424 \labelwidthstring MMM
9425 #3-b Back to level #3.
9426 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9430 \begin_layout Labeling
9431 \labelwidthstring MMM
9432 #2-b Back to level #2.
9437 \begin_layout Labeling
9438 \labelwidthstring MMM
9439 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9440 After this sentence, we'll hit
9444 and change the paragraph environment back to
9451 \begin_layout Standard
9452 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9468 environment in place of the
9473 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9477 Example #2: Inheritance
9480 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9481 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9484 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9494 , after which, we'll change to the
9502 \begin_layout Enumerate
9507 environment, at level #2.
9510 \begin_layout Enumerate
9511 Notice how the nested
9515 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9519 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9523 \begin_layout Standard
9524 We ended this example by hitting
9529 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9533 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9541 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9542 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9554 \begin_layout Standard
9555 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9563 \begin_layout Enumerate
9564 This is level #1, in an
9568 paragraph environment.
9569 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9573 \begin_layout Enumerate
9585 Now, what happens if we nest an
9589 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9590 label be? An asterisk?
9594 \begin_layout Itemize
9604 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9605 So, its label is a bullet.
9606 [Note: we got here by using
9615 , then changing the environment to
9623 \begin_layout Itemize
9624 Here's level #4, produced using
9634 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9639 \begin_layout Enumerate
9640 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9642 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9647 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9675 \begin_layout Enumerate
9680 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9681 type of numbering does LyX use?
9684 \begin_layout Enumerate
9685 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9689 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9692 \begin_layout Enumerate
9698 to decrease the depth after the next
9706 \begin_layout Enumerate
9708 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9712 \begin_layout Enumerate
9714 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9715 numeral as the label.
9719 \begin_layout Enumerate
9720 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9729 Notice, however, that LyX
9733 reset the counter for the label.
9737 \begin_layout Enumerate
9747 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9748 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9749 into the twofold-nested
9757 \begin_layout Enumerate
9758 The same thing happens if we do another
9767 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9771 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9776 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9794 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9799 The same rule applies for the
9803 environment, as well.
9806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9807 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9810 \begin_layout Enumerate
9811 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9812 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9813 same detail with how we did it.
9822 \begin_layout Standard
9825 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9828 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9829 example in brackets someplace.
9830 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9831 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9832 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9836 \begin_layout Enumerate
9841 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9846 Now we'll add verse.
9848 It will get much worse.
9852 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9859 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9861 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9871 Here comes a table for you:
9875 \begin_layout Standard
9876 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9884 \begin_inset Tabular
9885 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9911 \begin_layout Standard
9927 <row topline="true">
9928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9931 \begin_layout Standard
9946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9976 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9981 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9988 \begin_layout Enumerate
9993 : level #1] This is another item.
9994 Note that selecting a
9998 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9999 3 times to put the table inside the
10007 \begin_layout Quotation
10008 We're now ending the
10012 list and changing to
10017 We're still at level #1.
10018 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10019 The next set of paragraphs is a
10020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10027 We'll nest both the
10036 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10040 for the letter body.
10045 to preserve the depth.
10046 Remember that you need to use
10050 to create multiple lines inside the
10064 \begin_layout Right Address
10067 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10072 \begin_layout Address
10073 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10077 \begin_layout Quotation
10078 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10079 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10080 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10081 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10082 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10083 as soon as possible.
10084 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10087 \begin_layout Quotation
10088 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10089 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10090 with your order, along with payment.
10093 \begin_layout Quotation
10094 We thank you again for your patience.
10097 \begin_layout Address
10104 \begin_layout Quotation
10105 That ends that example!
10108 \begin_layout Standard
10109 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10110 just a few keystrokes.
10111 We could have easily nested an
10132 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10135 \begin_layout Section
10136 Fonts and Text Styles
10139 \begin_layout Subsection
10143 \begin_layout Standard
10144 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10145 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10146 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10147 font to emphasize text, you use an
10148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10156 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10157 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10161 \begin_layout Standard
10162 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10176 style corresponds to an italics font.
10181 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10182 styles use to typeset proper names.
10183 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10184 1.4) introduced true character
10185 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10187 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10188 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10192 \begin_layout Subsection
10196 \begin_layout Standard
10197 You can set the default font from the
10202 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10214 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10215 your document fonts.
10216 The most important ones are those in the
10225 The possible options under
10230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10241 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10263 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10264 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10266 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10279 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10280 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10297 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10298 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10299 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10300 if a font is not installed).
10301 Please have a look at
10306 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10313 about where to get the fonts.
10314 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10315 a new font to common operation systems.
10316 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10319 \begin_layout Standard
10320 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10321 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10323 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10325 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10346 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10353 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10354 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10365 Default\InsetSpace ~
10368 option lets you change this.
10369 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10392 Default\InsetSpace ~
10398 \begin_layout Standard
10408 group, you can usually select from four possible
10425 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10426 Remember, this is the
10431 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10432 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10433 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10435 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10436 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10439 \begin_layout Standard
10440 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10441 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10442 height than the Roman Font.
10443 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10446 \begin_layout Standard
10451 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10459 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10468 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10473 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10474 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10475 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10485 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10486 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10488 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10490 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10492 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10493 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10494 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10495 Note that math figures are
10499 affected by this choice.
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10504 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10505 are not set up correctly.
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10509 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10530 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10531 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10532 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10533 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10534 is just a representation of
10535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10547 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10554 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10557 \begin_layout Subsection
10558 Using Different Character Styles
10561 \begin_layout Standard
10562 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10563 certain paragraph environments.
10564 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10573 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10577 \begin_layout Standard
10582 style, do one of the following:
10585 \begin_layout Itemize
10586 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10589 \begin_layout Itemize
10596 \begin_layout Standard
10597 These commands are all toggles.
10602 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10605 \begin_layout Standard
10606 One typically uses the
10610 style for proper names.
10612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10619 is the original author of LyX.
10620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10627 A more widely used character style is the
10632 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10639 \begin_layout Itemize
10640 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10651 \begin_layout Itemize
10652 using the keybindings
10658 \begin_layout Standard
10663 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10664 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10667 \begin_layout Standard
10668 We've been using the
10672 style all over the place in this document.
10673 Here's one more example:
10676 \begin_layout Quotation
10679 Don't overuse character styles!
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10683 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10684 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10685 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10686 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10691 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10700 \begin_layout Subsection
10701 Fine-Tuning with the
10706 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10714 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10715 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10716 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10717 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10721 \begin_layout Standard
10726 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10727 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10732 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10733 from ordinary dialogue.
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10738 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10739 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10740 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10741 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10746 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10751 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10752 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10756 Enough complaining.
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10760 To use custom fonts, open the
10765 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10774 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10775 font property which you can choose.
10776 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10781 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10786 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10788 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10789 environments in a snap.
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10793 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10805 \begin_layout Labeling
10806 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10823 The possible options are:
10827 \begin_layout Labeling
10828 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10833 This is the Roman font family.
10837 \begin_layout Standard
10838 It's also the default family.
10848 \begin_layout Labeling
10849 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10857 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10861 \begin_layout Standard
10871 \begin_layout Labeling
10872 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10879 This is the Typewriter font family.
10883 \begin_layout Standard
10894 \begin_layout Labeling
10895 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10903 This corresponds to the print weight.
10908 \begin_layout Labeling
10909 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10914 This is the Medium font series.
10918 \begin_layout Standard
10919 It's also the default series.
10923 \begin_layout Labeling
10924 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10931 This is the Bold font series.
10935 \begin_layout Standard
10936 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10946 \begin_layout Labeling
10947 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10956 As the name implies.
10961 \begin_layout Labeling
10962 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10967 This is the Upright font shape.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 It's also the default shape.
10976 \begin_layout Labeling
10977 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10988 s the Italic font shape
10994 \begin_layout Labeling
10995 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11002 This is the Slanted font shape
11007 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11010 \begin_layout Labeling
11011 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11019 This is the Small caps font shape
11026 \begin_layout Labeling
11027 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11036 Alters the size of the font.
11037 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11038 nal to the default font size.
11039 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11040 what you want to do.
11044 \begin_layout Standard
11045 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11048 \begin_layout Labeling
11049 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11068 \begin_layout Standard
11083 \begin_layout Labeling
11084 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11102 \begin_layout Standard
11112 \begin_layout Labeling
11113 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11131 \begin_layout Standard
11146 \begin_layout Labeling
11147 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11166 \begin_layout Standard
11181 \begin_layout Labeling
11182 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11199 \begin_layout Standard
11200 It's also the default size.
11215 \begin_layout Labeling
11216 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11235 \begin_layout Standard
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11285 \begin_layout Labeling
11286 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11315 \begin_layout Labeling
11316 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11335 \begin_layout Standard
11350 \begin_layout Labeling
11351 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11385 \begin_layout Standard
11390 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11391 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11392 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11393 - use that instead.
11394 This is here for fine-tuning
11400 \begin_layout Labeling
11401 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11409 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11414 \begin_layout Labeling
11415 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11422 This is text with emphasize on
11428 \begin_layout Standard
11429 This might seem like the same as
11433 , but it is actually a bit different.
11434 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11435 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11444 \begin_layout Labeling
11445 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11452 This is text with Underbar on.
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11466 \begin_layout Labeling
11467 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11474 This is text with Noun on.
11478 \begin_layout Standard
11483 , this is a logical attribute.
11484 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11489 , but that is bound to change some day.
11493 \begin_layout Standard
11494 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11495 when you couldn't change fonts.
11496 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11497 an underscore character.
11498 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11503 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11504 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11509 \begin_layout Labeling
11510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11515 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11516 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11521 LaTeX package installed.
11526 is not able to display these colors.
11537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11544 , you can choose between
11579 \begin_layout Labeling
11580 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11585 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11586 the language of the document.
11587 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11590 \begin_layout Standard
11591 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11594 \begin_layout Standard
11595 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11600 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11608 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11624 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11625 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11629 \begin_layout Standard
11630 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11637 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11638 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11656 Toggle on all these
11669 \begin_layout Standard
11670 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11672 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11674 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11677 \begin_layout Section
11678 Printing and Previewing
11681 \begin_layout Subsection
11685 \begin_layout Standard
11686 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11687 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11688 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11689 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11690 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11697 \begin_layout Standard
11698 LyX uses a program called
11699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11707 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11708 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11716 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11717 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11718 This happens in a couple of stages:
11721 \begin_layout Enumerate
11722 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11723 generating a file with the extension,
11724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11739 \begin_layout Enumerate
11740 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11744 file to produce printable output.
11745 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11746 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11750 file, or DVI for short.
11751 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11764 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11765 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11769 \begin_layout Description
11770 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11771 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11772 be a link to these files.
11773 So don't forget these files if you move your
11777 file to another computer.
11781 \begin_layout Enumerate
11787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11794 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11798 \begin_layout Enumerate
11803 files using a program called
11810 \begin_layout Enumerate
11811 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11818 \begin_layout Enumerate
11819 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11820 LyX automatically converts the
11824 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11825 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11834 \begin_layout Standard
11835 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11840 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11841 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11842 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11843 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11849 \begin_layout Standard
11850 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11853 \begin_layout Standard
11854 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11855 preview of your document.
11856 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11858 The printed result is worth the wait.
11859 Quality always has its price.
11862 \begin_layout Subsection
11863 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11866 \begin_layout Standard
11867 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11868 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11873 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11884 \begin_layout Standard
11885 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11891 You can now look at the results.
11892 [If you want more info on the
11903 \begin_layout Description
11904 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11908 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11909 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11914 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11919 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11936 program will automatically reread the
11940 file and give you an updated view.
11943 \begin_layout Subsection
11944 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11947 \begin_layout Standard
11952 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11953 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11954 One reason is fonts.
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11963 : Another reason is paranoia.
11964 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11965 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11971 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11980 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11983 \begin_layout Standard
11984 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12000 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12005 You can now look at the results.
12008 \begin_layout Standard
12009 You've guessed what the
12014 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12028 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12032 window after this command to update the view.
12035 \begin_layout Subsection
12039 \begin_layout Standard
12040 To print a file, select
12054 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12062 \begin_layout Standard
12063 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12064 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12065 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12066 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12067 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12068 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12071 \begin_layout Standard
12072 You can set the parameters in the
12079 \begin_layout Labeling
12080 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12088 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12092 \begin_layout Standard
12093 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12106 has to be configured for this printer name.
12108 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
12116 documentation for details.
12117 The default printer can also be set in
12126 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12129 \begin_layout Labeling
12130 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12138 The name of a file to print to.
12139 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12141 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12142 specify the full path.
12145 \begin_layout Standard
12146 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12150 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12154 have to process your document.
12157 \begin_layout Section
12158 A Few Words about Typography
12161 \begin_layout Subsection
12162 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12163 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
12170 \begin_layout Standard
12172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12183 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12198 \begin_layout Enumerate
12204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12218 \begin_layout Enumerate
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12233 \begin_layout Standard
12245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12251 \begin_layout Enumerate
12257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12266 \begin_layout Standard
12279 \begin_layout Standard
12291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12297 \begin_layout Enumerate
12301 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12321 \begin_layout Standard
12322 You generate these by using the
12323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12334 character multiple times in a row.
12335 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12339 \begin_layout Standard
12340 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12341 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12342 Here are some examples of the
12343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12357 \begin_layout Enumerate
12358 line- and page-breaks
12367 \begin_layout Enumerate
12377 \begin_layout Enumerate
12378 Oh --- there's a dash.
12387 \begin_layout Enumerate
12388 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12400 \begin_layout Standard
12401 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12402 there is one in the printed version.
12405 \begin_layout Standard
12406 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12407 inserts hyphens in English text.
12408 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12411 \begin_layout Standard
12412 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12418 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12422 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12425 \begin_layout Quote
12428 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12429 nohyphenation, loaded.
12432 \begin_layout Standard
12433 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12434 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12442 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 the relevant line in a file typically named
12455 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12458 \begin_layout Standard
12459 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12463 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12465 This is done with the menu item
12467 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12476 Special\InsetSpace ~
12491 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12492 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12495 \begin_layout Subsection
12499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12500 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12501 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12510 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12511 LaTeX then adds the
12512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12515 appropriate amount of space
12516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12519 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12521 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12524 \begin_layout Standard
12525 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12526 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12539 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12540 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12543 \begin_layout Standard
12544 Here are some examples of
12548 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12551 \begin_layout Itemize
12556 \begin_layout Itemize
12561 \begin_layout Standard
12562 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12563 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12566 \begin_layout Itemize
12569 this is too much space!
12572 \begin_layout Itemize
12577 \begin_layout Standard
12578 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12581 \begin_layout Standard
12582 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12585 \begin_layout Enumerate
12588 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12591 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12593 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
12600 \begin_layout Enumerate
12606 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12608 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
12615 \begin_layout Enumerate
12620 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12628 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12633 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12636 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12637 This function is also bound to
12644 \begin_layout Standard
12645 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12648 \begin_layout Itemize
12649 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12650 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12651 this is too much space!
12654 \begin_layout Itemize
12655 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12659 \begin_layout Standard
12660 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12661 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12663 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12669 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12677 feature described in
12684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12686 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
12693 \begin_layout Standard
12694 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12695 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12696 and use a closing quote at the end.
12698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12706 The keyboard character,
12710 , generates this automatically.
12713 \begin_layout Standard
12716 New in version 1.4:
12718 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12723 This produces quotation marks like this:
12724 \begin_inset Quotes els
12730 \begin_layout Standard
12731 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12739 There are six choices:
12742 \begin_layout Labeling
12743 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12755 Use quotes like this
12756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12764 \begin_inset Quotes els
12768 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12774 \begin_layout Labeling
12775 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12778 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12782 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12788 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12792 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12796 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12802 \begin_layout Labeling
12803 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12806 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12810 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12816 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12820 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12824 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12828 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12834 \begin_layout Labeling
12835 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12838 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12842 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12848 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12856 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12860 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12866 \begin_layout Labeling
12867 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12870 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12874 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12880 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12884 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12888 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12892 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12898 \begin_layout Labeling
12899 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12902 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12906 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12912 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12916 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12920 \begin_inset Quotes als
12924 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12930 \begin_layout Standard
12931 Again, this affects what character the
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12952 \begin_layout Subsection
12954 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
12961 \begin_layout Standard
12962 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12963 print them as single characters.
12964 These groups are known as
12969 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12971 Here are the possible ligatures:
12974 \begin_layout Itemize
12978 \begin_layout Itemize
12982 \begin_layout Itemize
12986 \begin_layout Itemize
12990 \begin_layout Itemize
12994 \begin_layout Standard
12995 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12996 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13020 To break a ligature, use
13025 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13026 Special\InsetSpace ~
13033 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13036 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13052 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13069 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13077 \begin_layout Subsection
13079 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
13086 \begin_layout Standard
13087 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13089 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13090 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13091 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13092 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13093 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13094 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13105 \begin_layout Standard
13106 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13107 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13108 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13109 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13110 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13111 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13112 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13115 \begin_layout Standard
13116 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13117 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13118 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13120 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
13126 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
13130 ] may have more information.
13131 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13134 \begin_layout Chapter
13135 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13136 \begin_inset OptArg
13139 \begin_layout Standard
13140 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13148 \begin_layout Section
13152 \begin_layout Standard
13153 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13161 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13162 somewhere else in your text.
13163 When you insert a footnote with
13172 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13204 appearing within your text.
13205 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13206 You can enter your text into this box.
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13227 label, the box will
13228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13240 Clicking on the button again will
13245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13256 \begin_layout Standard
13257 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13262 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13263 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13264 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13265 when it processes your file.
13266 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13267 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13268 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13271 \begin_layout Standard
13272 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13273 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13287 document class or changing the counter
13292 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13300 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13321 \begin_layout Description
13322 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13324 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13325 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13327 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13331 \begin_layout Section
13335 \begin_layout Standard
13336 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13337 When you insert a margin note via
13343 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13359 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13360 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13383 appearing within your text.
13384 \begin_inset Marginal
13387 \begin_layout Standard
13388 This is a margin note.
13393 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13394 You can enter your text into this box.
13396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13409 label, the box will
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13418 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13435 \begin_layout Standard
13436 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13438 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13439 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13440 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13444 \begin_layout Section
13445 Figures and Imported Graphics
13446 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
13453 \begin_layout Standard
13454 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13455 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13456 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13457 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13461 \begin_layout Standard
13462 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13463 in the document you place them.
13464 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13466 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13473 \begin_layout Standard
13474 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13475 on the toolbar, or select
13480 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13493 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13496 \begin_layout Standard
13498 \begin_inset Graphics
13499 filename mobius.eps
13502 rotateOrigin center
13509 \begin_layout Standard
13510 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13515 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
13516 formats are supported automatically).
13517 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
13521 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}
13525 describes all available units.
13526 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
13529 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
13533 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
13534 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
13536 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13541 You can also set the
13545 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13547 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13554 \begin_layout Subsection
13558 \begin_layout Standard
13559 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13560 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13561 target output format can be created.
13562 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13564 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13571 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13574 \begin_layout Standard
13575 \begin_inset Float table
13581 \begin_layout Caption
13582 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}
13586 Units for setting the image size
13589 \begin_layout Standard
13590 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13596 \begin_layout Standard
13598 \begin_inset Tabular
13599 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13603 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13607 \begin_layout Standard
13613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13616 \begin_layout Standard
13623 <row topline="true">
13624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13627 \begin_layout Standard
13633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13636 \begin_layout Standard
13643 <row topline="true">
13644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13647 \begin_layout Standard
13653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13663 <row topline="true">
13664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13676 \begin_layout Standard
13683 <row topline="true">
13684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13687 \begin_layout Standard
13693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13696 \begin_layout Standard
13697 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13703 <row topline="true">
13704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13707 \begin_layout Standard
13713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13716 \begin_layout Standard
13717 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13723 <row topline="true">
13724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13736 \begin_layout Standard
13737 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13743 <row topline="true">
13744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13747 \begin_layout Standard
13753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13756 \begin_layout Standard
13757 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13763 <row topline="true">
13764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13776 \begin_layout Standard
13778 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13782 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13791 <row topline="true">
13792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13795 \begin_layout Standard
13801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13804 \begin_layout Standard
13805 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13811 <row topline="true">
13812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13815 \begin_layout Standard
13821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13825 % of original image width
13831 <row topline="true">
13832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13844 \begin_layout Standard
13851 <row topline="true">
13852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13864 \begin_layout Standard
13871 <row topline="true">
13872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13875 \begin_layout Standard
13881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13884 \begin_layout Standard
13891 <row topline="true">
13892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13895 \begin_layout Standard
13901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13911 <row topline="true">
13912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13915 \begin_layout Standard
13921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13924 \begin_layout Standard
13931 <row topline="true">
13932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13935 \begin_layout Standard
13941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13944 \begin_layout Standard
13951 <row topline="true">
13952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13955 \begin_layout Standard
13961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13964 \begin_layout Standard
13975 <row topline="true">
13976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13979 \begin_layout Standard
13985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13988 \begin_layout Standard
13999 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14003 \begin_layout Standard
14009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14012 \begin_layout Standard
14013 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14031 \begin_layout Standard
14032 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14033 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14034 figures themselves.
14035 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14068 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14081 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14082 loadable graphics format.
14085 \begin_layout Standard
14086 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14098 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14107 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14108 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14109 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14114 If, after all that, LyX
14118 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14122 Error converting to loadable format
14123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14126 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14127 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14128 list of known converters.
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14132 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14133 when generating the final document.
14134 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14135 in PostScript® format.
14136 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14149 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14152 \begin_layout Subsection
14156 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14157 Using Figure Floats
14158 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
14165 \begin_layout Standard
14166 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14167 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14168 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14169 it preferable to use
14171 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14174 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14175 deems necessary for a good fit.
14176 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14177 place a caption on them, using the
14181 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14183 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
14190 \begin_layout Standard
14193 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14201 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14206 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14210 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14211 above to insert the actual figure.
14214 \begin_layout Standard
14215 \begin_inset Float figure
14221 \begin_layout Caption
14222 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
14230 \begin_layout Standard
14232 \begin_inset Graphics
14233 filename escher-lsd.eps
14235 rotateOrigin center
14247 \begin_layout Standard
14248 \begin_inset Float figure
14254 \begin_layout Standard
14256 \begin_inset Graphics
14257 filename platypus.eps
14259 rotateOrigin center
14266 \begin_layout Caption
14267 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
14271 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14282 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14283 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14284 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14285 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14289 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14290 This is what we did for figure
14291 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
14296 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14300 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14301 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
14306 It is preferred to use one
14315 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14318 \begin_layout Standard
14319 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14320 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14321 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
14331 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14332 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14336 \begin_layout Standard
14337 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14338 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14339 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
14343 you can simply insert a
14350 in the caption and refer to it using a
14359 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14360 using vague references to
14361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14368 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14378 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14379 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14381 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14384 \begin_layout Standard
14385 Note that the caption is used in a
14395 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14397 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
14401 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14406 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14414 Now, the whole idea behind
14416 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14424 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14425 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14426 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14427 for the exact details.
14428 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14430 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14431 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14436 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14449 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14450 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14458 \begin_layout Itemize
14468 \begin_layout Itemize
14478 \begin_layout Itemize
14488 \begin_layout Itemize
14498 \begin_layout Standard
14499 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14502 \begin_layout Description
14503 Here: LyX tries to put the
14507 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14511 \begin_layout Standard
14512 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14516 \begin_layout Description
14517 Top: LyX tries to put the
14521 at the top of the current page.
14522 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14525 \begin_layout Description
14526 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14530 at the bottom of the current page.
14531 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14534 \begin_layout Description
14535 Page: LyX tries to put the
14543 s) on a page of its own.
14546 \begin_layout Standard
14547 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14548 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14549 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14561 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14562 The default placement list is
14563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14574 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14575 on a page by itself.
14576 If you want LyX to try
14577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14598 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14601 \begin_layout Enumerate
14608 \begin_layout Standard
14609 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14610 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14611 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14615 \begin_layout Enumerate
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14624 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14628 \begin_layout Enumerate
14635 \begin_layout Standard
14636 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14637 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14641 \begin_layout Enumerate
14648 \begin_layout Standard
14649 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14653 \begin_layout Subsection
14657 \begin_layout Standard
14658 One obvious question is
14659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14662 how would I create the figures?
14663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14666 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14671 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14672 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14676 there are several ways.
14677 We recommend the following:
14680 \begin_layout Enumerate
14681 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14682 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14684 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14686 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14687 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14688 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14689 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14690 EPS figure, as described above.
14695 \begin_layout Standard
14696 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14698 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14699 the next way is recommended.
14703 \begin_layout Enumerate
14704 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14705 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14706 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14707 Therefore you have to set the
14712 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14718 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14729 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14732 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14737 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14745 (see description in
14749 ) this text will appear as
14750 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14758 \begin_layout Standard
14759 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14760 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14761 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14762 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14763 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14767 \begin_layout Enumerate
14768 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14777 , really] will generate two files:
14781 \begin_layout Enumerate
14782 the PostScript part
14786 , that contains all painting.
14789 \begin_layout Enumerate
14794 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14798 \begin_layout Standard
14799 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14800 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14804 \begin_layout Standard
14805 If you get an error like
14806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14809 unknown graphics extension pstex
14810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14813 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14818 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14819 Simply add a line like
14822 \begin_layout Standard
14827 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14830 \begin_layout Standard
14833 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14843 \begin_layout Standard
14848 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14851 \begin_layout Standard
14852 This should fix the whole thing.
14853 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14857 and change the LaTeX part
14862 But this is annoying.
14868 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
14869 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
14870 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
14871 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
14872 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
14876 \begin_layout Section
14878 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
14885 \begin_layout Standard
14886 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
14887 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
14888 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14892 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
14897 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14905 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14906 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
14907 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
14908 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
14909 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
14910 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14916 \begin_inset Tabular
14917 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14920 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14921 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14922 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14923 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14927 \begin_layout Standard
14933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14936 \begin_layout Standard
14951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14954 \begin_layout Standard
14969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14972 \begin_layout Standard
14988 <row topline="true">
14989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14992 \begin_layout Standard
15007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15010 \begin_layout Standard
15016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15019 \begin_layout Standard
15025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15028 \begin_layout Standard
15035 <row topline="true">
15036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15039 \begin_layout Standard
15054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15057 \begin_layout Standard
15063 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15066 \begin_layout Standard
15081 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15084 \begin_layout Standard
15091 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15122 \begin_layout Standard
15128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15131 \begin_layout Standard
15145 \begin_layout Subsection
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15150 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15151 brings up a settings dialog.
15152 Among these options are:
15155 \begin_layout Itemize
15156 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15157 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15158 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15159 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15160 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15161 row in the example above.
15162 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15163 the left line of the column to the right.
15166 \begin_layout Itemize
15167 Text alignment in a column
15170 \begin_layout Itemize
15171 Appending rows and columns
15174 \begin_layout Itemize
15175 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15178 \begin_layout Itemize
15182 \begin_layout Itemize
15183 Setting a fixed width for a column
15186 \begin_layout Itemize
15187 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15188 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15189 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15192 \begin_layout Itemize
15193 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15196 \begin_layout Standard
15197 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15203 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15217 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15224 when the cursor is inside a table.
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15229 Most of these options also work on selections.
15230 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15231 done on all of your selection.
15232 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15236 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15237 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15243 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15244 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15247 \begin_layout Standard
15248 When you append a row, it is added
15252 the row containing the cursor.
15253 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15258 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15259 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15260 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15264 \begin_layout Standard
15265 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15266 For example, in the above table, row
15267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15274 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15290 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15295 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15299 \begin_layout Standard
15304 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15305 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15306 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15309 \begin_layout Standard
15311 \begin_inset Tabular
15312 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15314 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15315 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15316 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15317 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15318 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15321 \begin_layout Standard
15336 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15339 \begin_layout Standard
15354 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15373 <row topline="true">
15374 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15377 \begin_layout Standard
15392 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15409 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15412 \begin_layout Standard
15427 <row topline="true">
15428 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15431 \begin_layout Standard
15446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15449 \begin_layout Standard
15463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15466 \begin_layout Standard
15481 <row topline="true">
15482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15520 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15557 \begin_layout Standard
15571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15574 \begin_layout Standard
15596 \begin_layout Standard
15597 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15598 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15600 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15601 \begin_inset Note Note
15604 \begin_layout Standard
15605 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15606 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15614 \begin_layout Standard
15615 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15628 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15632 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15635 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15638 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15640 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15642 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15645 \begin_layout Standard
15652 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15659 display on screen, and works
15663 for PostScript output.
15664 So, if you want to preview them, use
15669 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15683 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15688 will not show the table properly.
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15693 \begin_inset Tabular
15694 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15696 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15707 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15708 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15712 \begin_layout Standard
15727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15730 \begin_layout Standard
15745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15748 \begin_layout Standard
15763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15766 \begin_layout Standard
15781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15784 \begin_layout Standard
15799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15802 \begin_layout Standard
15817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15820 \begin_layout Standard
15835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15856 \begin_layout Standard
15871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15874 \begin_layout Standard
15889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15892 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15926 <row topline="true">
15927 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15949 \begin_layout Standard
15964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15967 \begin_layout Standard
15973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15976 \begin_layout Standard
15991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15994 \begin_layout Standard
16009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16012 \begin_layout Standard
16018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16039 \begin_layout Standard
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Standard
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Standard
16081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16084 \begin_layout Standard
16099 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16102 \begin_layout Standard
16118 <row topline="true">
16119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16122 \begin_layout Standard
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16150 \begin_layout Standard
16165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16168 \begin_layout Standard
16183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16186 \begin_layout Standard
16201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16204 \begin_layout Standard
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Standard
16237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16240 \begin_layout Standard
16255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16258 \begin_layout Standard
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Standard
16309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16312 \begin_layout Standard
16328 <row topline="true">
16329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16332 \begin_layout Standard
16348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Standard
16402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Standard
16411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16414 \begin_layout Standard
16429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Standard
16447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16450 \begin_layout Standard
16465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16468 \begin_layout Standard
16483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Standard
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Standard
16510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16529 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16533 \begin_layout Standard
16549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16552 \begin_layout Standard
16567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16570 \begin_layout Standard
16576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Standard
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Standard
16612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16615 \begin_layout Standard
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Standard
16630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Standard
16666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16669 \begin_layout Standard
16684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16687 \begin_layout Standard
16693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Standard
16712 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Standard
16731 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Standard
16749 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Standard
16758 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Standard
16767 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Standard
16776 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Standard
16785 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Standard
16794 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16797 \begin_layout Standard
16803 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Standard
16812 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Standard
16821 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16824 \begin_layout Standard
16830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16833 \begin_layout Standard
16856 \begin_layout Subsection
16857 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16860 \begin_layout Standard
16861 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16862 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16863 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16864 can be placed in the same cell.
16865 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16867 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16871 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16872 for the cell's paragraph.
16875 \begin_layout Subsection
16876 Cut & Paste in Tables
16879 \begin_layout Standard
16880 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
16881 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16882 Selection with the mouse or with
16886 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16887 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
16888 using the mouse to select and paste.
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16893 \begin_inset Tabular
16894 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16897 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16899 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Standard
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Standard
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Standard
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Standard
16992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16995 \begin_layout Standard
17011 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Standard
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Standard
17074 \begin_layout Standard
17076 \begin_inset Tabular
17077 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17079 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17080 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17081 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17082 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17086 \begin_layout Standard
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Standard
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Standard
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Standard
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Standard
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Standard
17194 <row topline="true">
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Standard
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Standard
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Standard
17232 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Standard
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Standard
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Standard
17268 \begin_layout Standard
17269 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17270 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17273 \begin_layout Subsection
17274 Multiple lines in cells
17277 \begin_layout Standard
17278 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17280 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17285 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17286 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17291 \begin_layout Standard
17293 \begin_inset Tabular
17294 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17297 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17299 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17303 \begin_layout Standard
17318 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Standard
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Standard
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Standard
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Standard
17387 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Standard
17411 <row bottomline="true">
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Standard
17430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Standard
17443 This is longer now.
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Standard
17467 <row bottomline="true">
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Standard
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Standard
17499 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17500 This is longer now.
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Standard
17531 \begin_layout Standard
17532 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17533 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17534 margin of the page.
17535 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17536 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17537 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17540 \begin_layout Enumerate
17541 Split it into two tables.
17544 \begin_layout Enumerate
17554 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17555 After doing this, the list of
17559 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17563 \begin_layout Enumerate
17569 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17570 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17573 \begin_layout Enumerate
17578 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17579 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17580 except for the first page, if
17588 \begin_layout Enumerate
17593 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17594 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17595 except for the last page, if
17603 \begin_layout Enumerate
17609 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17610 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17613 \begin_layout Standard
17614 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17615 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17616 The others will then be defined as
17621 In this context, first means first in this order:
17623 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17643 example file to see how this works.
17649 \begin_layout Standard
17650 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17651 rows to break the page on as well.
17655 \begin_layout Enumerate
17656 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17657 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17660 \begin_layout Subsection
17662 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
17669 \begin_layout Standard
17670 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17689 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17699 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17700 exactly where you insert it.
17701 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17702 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17706 , and is described in section
17707 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
17712 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17714 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17720 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
17724 is an example of a table float.
17725 \begin_inset Float table
17731 \begin_layout Caption
17732 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
17739 \begin_layout Standard
17741 \begin_inset Tabular
17742 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17747 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Standard
17766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout Standard
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Standard
17803 <row topline="true">
17804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Standard
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Standard
17840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Standard
17859 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17863 \begin_layout Standard
17873 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Standard
17894 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17896 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Standard
17917 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17938 \begin_layout Section
17939 Table of Contents and other Listings
17940 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
17947 \begin_layout Standard
17948 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
17950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17957 such as a Table of Contents.
17958 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
17959 at the place where you want the list to appear.
17962 \begin_layout Subsection
17963 The Table of Contents
17966 \begin_layout Standard
17967 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
17970 \begin_layout Enumerate
17971 Use a document class that includes support (all but
17978 \begin_layout Enumerate
17979 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
17989 (Sub...), Paragraph
17992 Note that styles with a
18004 appear in the Table of Contents.
18007 \begin_layout Enumerate
18008 Make sure you set the
18013 ection\InsetSpace ~
18014 number\InsetSpace ~
18033 Document\InsetSpace ~
18036 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18037 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
18044 \begin_layout Enumerate
18045 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18046 You'll find it under
18051 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18058 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18070 \begin_layout Standard
18071 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18077 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18089 \begin_layout Subsection
18090 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18091 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
18098 \begin_layout Standard
18099 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18100 You can insert them from the
18105 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18115 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18116 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18119 \begin_layout Chapter
18120 Mathematical Formulae
18123 \begin_layout Section
18127 \begin_layout Standard
18128 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18129 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18133 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18135 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18136 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18137 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18144 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18149 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18163 (CUA binding only).
18166 \begin_layout Standard
18167 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18168 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18171 , there is a special shortcut.
18179 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18189 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18195 \begin_layout Standard
18196 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18201 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18206 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18215 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18218 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18219 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18220 somewhere on the screen.
18221 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18222 will insert a formula for you.
18225 \begin_layout Subsection
18226 Navigating a Formula
18229 \begin_layout Standard
18230 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18231 with the arrow keys.
18232 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18233 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18238 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18239 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18243 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18247 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18249 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18257 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18262 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18263 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18266 \begin_layout Standard
18271 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18272 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18273 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18278 For example, if you want
18279 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18326 , since in the latter case only the
18329 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18334 will be under the square root sign,
18335 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18339 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18343 \begin_layout Standard
18344 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18346 \begin_inset Formula \[
18347 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18350 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18354 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18355 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18358 \begin_layout Subsection
18362 \begin_layout Standard
18363 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18364 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18368 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18369 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18370 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18371 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18372 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18375 \begin_layout Subsection
18376 Exponents and Subscripts
18379 \begin_layout Standard
18380 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18381 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18383 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18399 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18400 in the superscript.
18406 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18410 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18431 Subscripts are similar, to get
18432 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18447 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18448 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18450 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
18454 if you need to alter this.
18457 \begin_layout Subsection
18461 \begin_layout Standard
18462 Create a fraction with either
18470 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18490 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18491 squares top and bottom.
18492 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18493 To move to the bottom, simply press
18498 To move back up, press
18503 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18504 \begin_inset Formula \[
18505 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18507 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18514 \begin_layout Subsection
18518 \begin_layout Standard
18520 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18524 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18527 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18536 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18537 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18538 Sum will automatically place its
18539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18546 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18547 when inlined, such as
18548 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18552 \begin_inset Note Note
18555 \begin_layout Standard
18556 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18563 \begin_inset Formula \[
18564 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18568 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18569 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18570 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18574 \begin_inset Formula \[
18575 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18579 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18580 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18581 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18582 in front of the sign and hitting
18587 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18591 \begin_layout Standard
18592 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18600 feature as addition, such as
18601 \begin_inset Formula \[
18602 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18606 which will place the
18607 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18618 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18619 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18624 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18627 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18633 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18641 menu in the math panel; see
18642 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
18649 \begin_layout Subsection
18651 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
18658 \begin_layout Standard
18668 dialog (accessible via
18673 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18680 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18681 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18682 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18683 details in later sections.
18686 \begin_layout Standard
18687 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18690 \begin_layout Subsection
18694 \begin_layout Standard
18695 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18701 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18709 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18717 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18725 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18734 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18742 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18744 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18745 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18746 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18747 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18748 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18751 \begin_layout Standard
18752 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18753 In the minibuffer, type
18758 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
18767 to move between the two boxes.
18768 You can also use the key binding
18775 \begin_layout Subsection
18779 \begin_layout Standard
18780 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
18781 that LaTeX provides.
18782 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
18783 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
18784 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
18785 The first thing to do is to type
18790 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
18792 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18796 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
18801 you move the cursor, after typing
18809 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
18811 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
18813 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18817 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18821 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
18824 \begin_layout Subsection
18826 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
18833 \begin_layout Standard
18834 The math panel contains a number of
18835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18843 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18847 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18855 (you can type them in a formula by typing
18862 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
18864 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18867 , should not be italicized.
18868 Entering just the letters
18869 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18872 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
18874 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
18875 For example, the expression
18876 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
18879 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
18880 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
18881 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18884 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
18885 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
18886 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
18890 \begin_inset Formula \[
18891 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
18895 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
18901 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
18902 to improve linespacing).
18905 \begin_layout Subsection
18909 \begin_layout Standard
18910 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18912 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18913 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
18914 That is, you can enter
18915 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18918 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
18919 This is entered by typing
18920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18934 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
18935 the various accents:
18938 \begin_layout Standard
18940 \begin_inset Tabular
18941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
18943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18946 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Standard
18965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Standard
18983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18986 \begin_layout Standard
19002 <row topline="true">
19003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19006 \begin_layout Standard
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Standard
19039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19042 \begin_layout Standard
19052 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19061 <row topline="true">
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Standard
19080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19083 \begin_layout Standard
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Standard
19111 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19120 <row topline="true">
19121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19124 \begin_layout Standard
19139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19142 \begin_layout Standard
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Standard
19170 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19179 <row topline="true">
19180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19183 \begin_layout Standard
19198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19201 \begin_layout Standard
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Standard
19229 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19238 <row topline="true">
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Standard
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Standard
19275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Standard
19288 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19297 <row topline="true">
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Standard
19316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19319 \begin_layout Standard
19334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19337 \begin_layout Standard
19347 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19356 <row topline="true">
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Standard
19375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19378 \begin_layout Standard
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Standard
19406 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19415 <row topline="true">
19416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19419 \begin_layout Standard
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Standard
19452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19455 \begin_layout Standard
19465 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19474 <row topline="true">
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Standard
19493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Standard
19511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19514 \begin_layout Standard
19524 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19533 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Standard
19552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19555 \begin_layout Standard
19570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19573 \begin_layout Standard
19583 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19599 \begin_layout Standard
19600 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19605 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19606 made within a formula too.
19609 \begin_layout Subsection
19610 The math editor for LaTeX users
19613 \begin_layout Standard
19614 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19615 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19617 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19624 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19625 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19628 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19629 menus for a symbol.
19630 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19635 \begin_layout Quotation
19636 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19637 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19639 As an example, I created this
19640 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19643 by typing the following keys: First type
19673 As soon as I typed that
19678 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19681 was right there on the screen.
19685 \begin_layout Standard
19691 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19706 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19711 leaves the formula.
19712 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19715 \begin_layout Itemize
19716 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19719 \begin_layout Itemize
19720 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19721 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19724 \begin_layout Itemize
19725 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19729 \begin_layout Itemize
19730 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19741 \begin_layout Itemize
19742 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19743 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19746 , you can find it in the dialogs
19749 \begin_layout Section
19750 Brackets and decorations
19753 \begin_layout Standard
19754 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19755 For most purposes, using just the keys
19761 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19762 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19763 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19769 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
19774 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19776 \begin_inset Formula \[
19777 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19779 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
19783 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
19785 \begin_inset Formula \[
19786 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19791 \begin_inset Formula \[
19792 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
19796 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
19797 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
19810 \begin_layout Standard
19811 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
19812 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
19813 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
19814 clicking on the button.
19815 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19816 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
19819 \begin_layout Standard
19820 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
19821 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
19822 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
19823 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
19827 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
19829 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
19835 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19838 \begin_layout Standard
19839 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
19843 for grouping, you should read
19844 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
19851 \begin_layout Section
19853 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
19860 \begin_layout Standard
19861 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19862 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19873 \begin_layout Standard
19874 \begin_inset Formula \[
19875 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
19882 \begin_layout Standard
19883 However, trying to type the
19887 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
19888 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19895 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19896 The example directly above shows how this works.
19899 \begin_layout Section
19900 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19903 \begin_layout Standard
19904 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
19910 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
19911 number of rows/columns.
19912 Here is an example:
19913 \begin_inset Formula \[
19914 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19917 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
19921 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
19922 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
19923 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
19927 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
19929 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
19930 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19931 The specification is
19936 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
19941 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19942 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
19943 It will look like this:
19944 \begin_inset Formula \[
19946 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19947 column & has & has\, right\\
19948 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19955 \begin_layout Standard
19956 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19960 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
19966 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19978 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19988 \begin_layout Standard
19989 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
19990 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
19996 and commutative diagrams.
19997 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20002 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20011 \begin_layout Standard
20012 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20013 A formula will automatically switch to an
20019 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20027 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20028 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20035 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20036 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20043 Here is an example:
20044 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20046 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20050 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20057 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20062 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20063 everything in the left side of the line.
20064 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20065 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20070 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20071 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20072 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20073 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20086 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20089 \begin_layout Section
20090 Equation Numbering and Labels
20091 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
20098 \begin_layout Standard
20099 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20100 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20101 \begin_inset Formula \[
20106 into the numbered equation :
20107 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20108 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20119 menu, and select the
20128 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20129 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20130 care of re-numbering the equation.
20131 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20132 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20133 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20134 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20140 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20145 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20146 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20153 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20156 \begin_layout Standard
20157 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20158 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20162 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20163 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20165 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
20173 dialog, which you open using
20178 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20189 \begin_layout Standard
20190 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20191 lines are numbered separately.
20192 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20193 receive a label of #.
20194 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20196 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
20201 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20202 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20203 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20204 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20208 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20213 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20218 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20219 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20224 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20228 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20231 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20232 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20234 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20235 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20239 Note that the first equation in this set (
20240 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
20244 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20246 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
20250 ) is again labelled.
20254 \begin_layout Section
20255 User defined macros in math mode
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20260 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20261 the macro in blue (math color).
20262 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20263 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20265 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20266 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20269 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20270 written during export as LaTeX.
20271 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20272 macro's expansion on screen.
20273 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20274 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20275 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20278 \begin_layout Standard
20279 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20286 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20287 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20291 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20292 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20300 \begin_layout Standard
20301 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20307 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20311 followed by the argument number:
20312 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20313 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20319 \begin_layout Standard
20320 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20321 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20326 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20333 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20340 \begin_layout Standard
20341 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20354 \begin_layout Subsection
20355 How to create macros
20358 \begin_layout Standard
20359 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20363 \begin_layout Standard
20364 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20372 \begin_layout Standard
20375 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20378 \begin_layout Standard
20386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20409 math-macro macrowarg 1
20412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20418 \begin_layout Standard
20419 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20427 math-macro-arg <number>
20430 \begin_layout Standard
20431 The argument mark in
20437 was introduced with
20438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20452 \begin_layout Standard
20453 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20454 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20455 can be edited only once.
20458 \begin_layout Subsection
20459 How to navigate in macros
20462 \begin_layout Description
20466 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20467 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20468 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20469 right side of the macro.
20472 \begin_layout Description
20475 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20476 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20479 \begin_layout Standard
20480 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20484 \begin_layout Section
20488 \begin_layout Subsection
20492 \begin_layout Standard
20493 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20494 The standard font for text is italic,
20495 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20498 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20499 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20500 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20503 \begin_layout Standard
20505 \begin_inset Tabular
20506 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20510 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20514 \begin_layout Standard
20520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20523 \begin_layout Standard
20530 <row topline="true">
20531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20534 \begin_layout Standard
20541 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20563 <row topline="true">
20564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20567 \begin_layout Standard
20568 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Standard
20590 <row topline="true">
20591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20594 \begin_layout Standard
20595 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20606 \begin_layout Standard
20617 <row topline="true">
20618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20621 \begin_layout Standard
20628 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20639 \begin_layout Standard
20650 <row topline="true">
20651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20655 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20677 <row topline="true">
20678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20681 \begin_layout Standard
20682 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20704 <row topline="true">
20705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20708 \begin_layout Standard
20716 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20727 \begin_layout Standard
20738 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20742 \begin_layout Standard
20743 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20754 \begin_layout Standard
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20773 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
20774 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
20778 \begin_layout Standard
20779 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
20780 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
20781 style after one character.
20782 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
20783 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
20784 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
20786 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
20787 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
20792 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
20795 \begin_layout Standard
20796 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
20798 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
20801 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
20802 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20814 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
20816 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20820 A number of other options are available as well, via
20825 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20830 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20837 \begin_layout Subsection
20841 \begin_layout Standard
20842 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
20843 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
20844 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
20849 while already in math mode.
20850 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
20851 on the screen in black instead of blue.
20852 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
20856 \begin_layout Standard
20857 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
20875 ) might have been a better choice
20880 , but it works for simple text.
20882 \begin_inset Formula \[
20883 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
20884 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
20885 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
20892 \begin_layout Subsection
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20897 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
20898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20905 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
20923 For most characters,
20931 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
20932 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
20937 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
20938 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
20940 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
20944 function in the minibuffer.
20945 For example, you can set
20946 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20953 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
20956 math-size displaystyle
20958 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
20960 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
20964 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
20965 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
20967 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20970 ! This reflects a LaTeX
20971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20982 \begin_layout Standard
20989 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
20990 Here are some text in the various styles:
20991 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
20995 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
20999 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21003 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21009 \begin_layout Standard
21010 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21011 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21013 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21014 will be adjusted to correspond.
21018 \begin_layout Standard
21022 Here is a paragraph in
21023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21030 font, with symbols:
21031 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21037 \begin_layout Standard
21038 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21042 \begin_layout Section
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21047 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21049 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21052 \begin_layout Subsection
21053 Enabling AMS-Support
21056 \begin_layout Standard
21062 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21069 dialog there is a checkbox,
21076 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21077 the facilities available.
21080 \begin_layout Subsection
21084 \begin_layout Standard
21085 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21086 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21087 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21095 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21096 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21097 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21098 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21100 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21103 \begin_layout Subsection
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21109 LyX allows you to choose between
21130 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21131 tion for the differences between these formula
21135 \begin_layout Chapter
21139 \begin_layout Section
21141 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
21148 \begin_layout Standard
21149 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21150 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21156 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21157 The other half is the
21161 proper, and it looks like this:
21162 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
21167 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21169 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21170 case, the number of this section.
21171 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21172 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
21177 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21178 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21180 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21181 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21185 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21193 \begin_layout Standard
21194 To insert a label, use
21201 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21207 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21208 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21209 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21212 \begin_layout Standard
21213 To insert a reference, select
21220 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21229 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21232 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21233 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21237 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21244 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21247 \begin_layout Standard
21248 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21257 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21260 \begin_layout Quote
21267 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21273 There were undefined references
21276 \begin_layout Standard
21277 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21280 \begin_layout Standard
21281 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21286 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21287 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21295 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21308 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21309 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21313 separately from the
21318 The same goes for all other section headings.
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21334 section headings and table and figure floats.
21335 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21336 you can't really use a
21344 \begin_layout Standard
21349 , but only if you use the
21359 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21360 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21365 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21371 Once again, the regular
21375 won't work very well.
21376 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21377 of the previous numbered section heading.
21383 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
21388 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
21393 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
21397 for details on using a
21401 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21405 \begin_layout Section
21406 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21409 \begin_layout Standard
21410 It is often desirable to include long
21411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21418 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21419 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21421 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21422 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21432 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21433 along automatically determined boundaries.
21436 \begin_layout Standard
21437 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21438 ike entity) simply select
21440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21447 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21455 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21456 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21458 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
21466 \begin_layout Standard
21471 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21472 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21484 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21492 \begin_layout Standard
21493 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21501 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21503 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21507 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
21512 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21516 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21518 http://ctan.tug.org
21521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21527 \begin_layout Standard
21530 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21544 \begin_layout Section
21545 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21546 \begin_inset OptArg
21549 \begin_layout Standard
21558 \begin_layout Standard
21559 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21560 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21561 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21562 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21565 \begin_layout Standard
21566 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21567 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21571 \begin_layout Standard
21572 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21576 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21582 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21583 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21584 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21589 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21594 This will insert a box (labelled
21595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21610 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21611 This also works for captions inside floats.
21614 \begin_layout Standard
21615 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21618 \begin_layout Section
21622 \begin_layout Standard
21623 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21625 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21626 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21627 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21628 This can be achieved with
21635 \begin_layout Standard
21640 the branches available within a particular document.
21641 This is done in the
21643 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21644 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21648 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21649 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21650 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21656 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21660 \begin_layout Standard
21669 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21670 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21671 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21674 \begin_layout Standard
21675 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21683 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21684 \begin_inset Note Note
21687 \begin_layout Standard
21688 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21696 \begin_layout Section
21697 Previewing snippets of your document
21700 \begin_layout Standard
21701 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21702 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21703 to break your train of thought with
21708 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21716 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21717 necessary software (see below) and select the
21726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21733 pulldown item in the
21739 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21747 (It can be found in the
21751 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21754 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21758 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21761 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21762 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21763 Previews of an already loaded document are
21767 generated just by selecting the
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21779 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
21780 It will also generate previews of include insets or
21781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21796 check box in the inset's dialog.
21797 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
21799 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
21802 \begin_layout Standard
21803 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
21804 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
21805 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
21809 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
21812 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
21824 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
21835 \begin_layout Section
21836 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
21839 \begin_layout Subsection
21840 Extra Horizontal Space
21841 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
21848 \begin_layout Standard
21853 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
21858 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
21859 space between the left and right margins.
21860 If there is more than one
21864 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
21868 \begin_layout Standard
21873 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
21877 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
21882 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
21885 \begin_layout Standard
21892 can be inserted with
21898 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21899 Special\InsetSpace ~
21904 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21909 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
21913 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
21916 \begin_layout Quote
21918 This is on the left side
21920 This is on the right
21923 \begin_layout Quote
21932 \begin_layout Quote
21943 \begin_layout Standard
21944 That was an example in the
21951 :is one in a standard paragraph.
21952 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
21956 sitting in-between the two
21957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21967 \begin_layout Standard
21968 Remember that we said that an
21972 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
21973 than one set of margins on a line.
21974 Here's an example with the
21981 \begin_layout Labeling
21982 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21994 \begin_layout Standard
21996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22003 marks the beginning of the item.
22004 (There is actually a
22005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22016 inside of the label of the
22020 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22024 s work similarly in other
22025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22032 situations, like two-column mode.
22035 \begin_layout Subsection
22036 Extra Vertical Space
22037 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
22044 \begin_layout Standard
22045 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22050 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22055 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22060 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22066 \begin_layout Standard
22067 We will not provide an example of a
22071 , as it would waste paper.
22072 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22076 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22077 If there are several
22081 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22082 You can therefore use
22086 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22090 \begin_layout Standard
22091 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22092 only added if you have also checked the option
22097 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22102 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22103 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22108 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22119 \begin_layout Subsection
22120 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22123 \begin_layout Standard
22124 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22129 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22134 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22138 There are four possibilities:
22141 \begin_layout Itemize
22150 \begin_layout Itemize
22159 \begin_layout Itemize
22168 \begin_layout Itemize
22177 \begin_layout Standard
22178 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22179 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22180 the left and right margins.
22181 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22184 \begin_layout Standard
22186 This paragraph is right aligned,
22189 \begin_layout Standard
22191 this one is centered,
22194 \begin_layout Standard
22196 this one is left aligned.
22199 \begin_layout Standard
22200 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22205 \begin_layout Subsection
22206 Forcing Page Breaks
22207 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
22214 \begin_layout Standard
22215 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22216 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22217 In general, this will
22221 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22223 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
22230 \begin_layout Standard
22231 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22232 recommend not using it until the text is
22236 finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
22240 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22246 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22251 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22254 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22258 \begin_layout Standard
22259 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22260 at the top of a page.
22261 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22262 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22263 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22264 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22266 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
22271 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
22282 \begin_layout Subsection
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22287 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22288 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22289 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22290 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22292 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22298 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
22305 \begin_layout Standard
22306 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22307 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22308 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22309 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22310 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22312 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev}
22317 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22318 In this case, insert one with
22323 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22324 Special\InsetSpace ~
22329 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22346 \begin_layout Standard
22347 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
22351 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22352 line at that point.
22353 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22356 \begin_layout Quote
22357 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22363 \begin_layout Standard
22364 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22381 A protected space is set with
22386 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22387 Special\InsetSpace ~
22392 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22407 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
22414 \begin_layout Standard
22416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22423 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22432 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22433 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22434 inside abbreviations:
22437 \begin_layout Quote
22438 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22440 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22441 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22445 \begin_layout Standard
22446 You can insert a thin space with
22451 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22452 Special\InsetSpace ~
22457 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22474 \begin_layout Standard
22475 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22476 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22481 To get them, just type
22483 space-insert <command>
22485 into the minibuffer, where
22489 is one of the following:
22492 \begin_layout Standard
22494 \begin_inset Tabular
22495 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22500 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22504 \begin_layout Standard
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Standard
22523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22526 \begin_layout Standard
22535 <row topline="true">
22536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22539 \begin_layout Standard
22547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22550 \begin_layout Standard
22557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22560 \begin_layout Standard
22567 <row topline="true">
22568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22571 \begin_layout Standard
22579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22592 \begin_layout Standard
22599 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22603 \begin_layout Standard
22611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22624 \begin_layout Standard
22631 <row bottomline="true">
22632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22635 \begin_layout Standard
22643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22646 \begin_layout Standard
22653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22663 <row bottomline="true">
22664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22667 \begin_layout Standard
22675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22678 \begin_layout Standard
22685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22688 \begin_layout Standard
22695 <row bottomline="true">
22696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22699 \begin_layout Standard
22707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22710 \begin_layout Standard
22717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22720 \begin_layout Standard
22727 <row bottomline="true">
22728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22731 \begin_layout Standard
22739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22742 \begin_layout Standard
22749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22752 \begin_layout Standard
22759 <row bottomline="true">
22760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22763 \begin_layout Standard
22771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22798 \begin_layout Subsection
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22803 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
22808 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22809 Special\InsetSpace ~
22814 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22826 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
22831 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
22833 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
22838 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
22839 set a linebreak, e.g.
22840 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
22841 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
22846 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
22851 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
22858 \begin_layout Section
22860 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
22867 \begin_layout Standard
22868 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
22869 Rather it uses the external
22873 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
22878 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
22883 \begin_layout Standard
22884 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
22891 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
22900 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
22901 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
22902 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
22903 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
22904 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
22909 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
22911 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
22912 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
22915 \begin_layout Subsection
22916 Spellchecker Options
22917 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
22924 \begin_layout Standard
22925 The following options can be set in the
22930 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22944 \begin_layout Standard
22945 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
22946 the text you're checking, which is set in the
22954 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22962 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
22964 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
22965 specifying a different
22966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22969 alternative language
22970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22976 \begin_layout Standard
22981 , you may need to make a link from say
22989 or whatever applies for your language.
22990 This is because these
22994 files normally have the native language name (
22995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23006 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23007 with the LaTeX babel package (
23008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23018 \begin_layout Standard
23019 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23020 If you use a language with
23024 encoding and set the
23036 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23051 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23052 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23056 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23059 \begin_layout Standard
23062 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23065 \begin_layout Standard
23066 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23070 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23074 \begin_layout Standard
23075 There are four solutions to this problem.
23076 The easiest is to try the
23083 If that does not help, you can set
23094 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23095 The third is to add the
23099 option to your dictionary
23110 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23111 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23121 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23122 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23123 and ask him to solve your problem.
23126 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23127 Personal dictionary
23130 \begin_layout Standard
23131 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23132 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23133 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23134 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23138 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23151 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23154 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23157 \begin_layout Itemize
23163 ccept compound words
23167 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23180 \begin_layout Itemize
23190 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23193 This should not normally be needed.
23196 \begin_layout Subsection
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23201 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23202 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23203 for each occurrence of the word.
23204 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23205 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23208 \begin_layout Standard
23209 Unless you're using the
23213 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23215 This, does, however, work with
23219 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23222 \begin_layout Section
23223 International Support
23226 \begin_layout Standard
23227 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23228 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23229 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23230 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23232 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23233 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23234 default configuration.
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23238 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23239 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23240 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23241 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23243 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
23247 for more information.
23250 \begin_layout Standard
23251 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23252 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23253 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23254 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23256 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
23264 \begin_layout Standard
23265 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23266 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23267 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23268 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23269 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23270 one to support the characters you want.
23274 \begin_layout Standard
23275 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23279 beyond the scope of this manual.
23280 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23281 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23282 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23283 to your native tongue, please see the
23287 manual for details.
23290 \begin_layout Subsection
23292 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
23299 \begin_layout Standard
23305 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23312 dialog lets you set
23314 the language and character encoding for your language.
23318 \begin_layout Standard
23319 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23336 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23344 The default is U.S.
23346 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23347 The language name appears in the window.
23351 \begin_layout Standard
23352 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23353 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23362 \begin_layout Standard
23371 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23376 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23377 European languages.
23380 \begin_layout Subsection
23381 Keyboard mapping configuration
23382 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
23389 \begin_layout Standard
23390 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23391 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23392 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23393 which one you want to use.
23396 \begin_layout Subsection
23398 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
23405 \begin_layout Standard
23408 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}
23417 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23421 \begin_layout Standard
23422 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23423 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23425 That ain't the default.
23426 Nowhere near, in fact.
23427 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23435 \begin_layout Itemize
23436 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23437 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23438 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23439 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23442 \begin_layout Itemize
23443 Even if you've selected
23452 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23459 dialog, users who have only the
23463 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23467 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23468 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23469 french quotes won't show up.
23472 \begin_layout Itemize
23477 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23478 include the either the package
23486 in their documents.
23490 \begin_layout Standard
23491 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23492 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23493 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
23497 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23504 \begin_inset Note Note
23507 \begin_layout Standard
23508 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23509 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23519 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23523 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23526 \begin_layout Standard
23531 usepackage{textcomp}
23534 \begin_layout Standard
23539 is available on every LaTeX system.
23547 \begin_layout Standard
23548 \begin_inset Float table
23553 \begin_layout Caption
23554 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}
23565 \begin_layout Standard
23567 \begin_inset Tabular
23568 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23572 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23578 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23585 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23587 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23591 \begin_layout Standard
23597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23600 \begin_layout Standard
23615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23618 \begin_layout Standard
23633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23636 \begin_layout Standard
23651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23654 \begin_layout Standard
23669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23672 \begin_layout Standard
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Standard
23705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23708 \begin_layout Standard
23723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23726 \begin_layout Standard
23741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23744 \begin_layout Standard
23759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23762 \begin_layout Standard
23777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23798 \begin_layout Standard
23813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23816 \begin_layout Standard
23831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23834 \begin_layout Standard
23849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23852 \begin_layout Standard
23867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23870 \begin_layout Standard
23886 <row topline="true">
23887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23890 \begin_layout Standard
23905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23908 \begin_layout Standard
23914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23917 \begin_layout Standard
23923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23926 \begin_layout Standard
23932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23935 \begin_layout Standard
23949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23952 \begin_layout Standard
23966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23969 \begin_layout Standard
23983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23986 \begin_layout Standard
24000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24003 \begin_layout Standard
24017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24020 \begin_layout Standard
24026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24029 \begin_layout Standard
24035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24038 \begin_layout Standard
24044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24047 \begin_layout Standard
24061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24064 \begin_layout Standard
24078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24098 \begin_layout Standard
24112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24115 \begin_layout Standard
24130 <row topline="true">
24131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24134 \begin_layout Standard
24149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24152 \begin_layout Standard
24158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24170 \begin_layout Standard
24184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24187 \begin_layout Standard
24201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24204 \begin_layout Standard
24218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24221 \begin_layout Standard
24235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24238 \begin_layout Standard
24252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24281 \begin_layout Standard
24287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24290 \begin_layout Standard
24304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24307 \begin_layout Standard
24321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24324 \begin_layout Standard
24338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24341 \begin_layout Standard
24355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24358 \begin_layout Standard
24372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24390 <row topline="true">
24391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24394 \begin_layout Standard
24409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24412 \begin_layout Standard
24418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24421 \begin_layout Standard
24427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24430 \begin_layout Standard
24439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24484 \begin_layout Standard
24498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24518 \begin_layout Standard
24532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24535 \begin_layout Standard
24541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24544 \begin_layout Standard
24550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24553 \begin_layout Standard
24557 \begin_layout Standard
24567 \begin_inset Note Note
24570 \begin_layout Standard
24581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24601 \begin_layout Standard
24615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24618 \begin_layout Standard
24632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24635 \begin_layout Standard
24649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24667 <row topline="true">
24668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24671 \begin_layout Standard
24686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24689 \begin_layout Standard
24695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24698 \begin_layout Standard
24704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24707 \begin_layout Standard
24721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24724 \begin_layout Standard
24738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24741 \begin_layout Standard
24755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24758 \begin_layout Standard
24772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24792 \begin_layout Standard
24806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24809 \begin_layout Standard
24815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24818 \begin_layout Standard
24824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24827 \begin_layout Standard
24841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24844 \begin_layout Standard
24858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24927 <row topline="true">
24928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24931 \begin_layout Standard
24946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24949 \begin_layout Standard
24955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24958 \begin_layout Standard
24964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24967 \begin_layout Standard
24981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24984 \begin_layout Standard
24998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25018 \begin_layout Standard
25032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25035 \begin_layout Standard
25049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25052 \begin_layout Standard
25066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25069 \begin_layout Standard
25075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25087 \begin_layout Standard
25091 \begin_layout Standard
25101 \begin_inset Note Note
25104 \begin_layout Standard
25115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25118 \begin_layout Standard
25132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25135 \begin_layout Standard
25149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25152 \begin_layout Standard
25166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25186 \begin_layout Standard
25201 <row topline="true">
25202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25205 \begin_layout Standard
25220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25223 \begin_layout Standard
25229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25232 \begin_layout Standard
25238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25258 \begin_layout Standard
25272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25309 \begin_layout Standard
25323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25352 \begin_layout Standard
25358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25365 \begin_layout Standard
25375 \begin_inset Note Note
25378 \begin_layout Standard
25389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25409 \begin_layout Standard
25423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25443 \begin_layout Standard
25457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25475 <row topline="true">
25476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25497 \begin_layout Standard
25503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25532 \begin_layout Standard
25546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25549 \begin_layout Standard
25563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25583 \begin_layout Standard
25597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25649 \begin_inset Note Note
25652 \begin_layout Standard
25663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25666 \begin_layout Standard
25680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25683 \begin_layout Standard
25697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25749 <row topline="true">
25750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25753 \begin_layout Standard
25768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25780 \begin_layout Standard
25786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25840 \begin_layout Standard
25854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25857 \begin_layout Standard
25871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25891 \begin_layout Standard
25897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25977 \begin_layout Standard
25991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25994 \begin_layout Standard
26009 <row topline="true">
26010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26031 \begin_layout Standard
26037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26040 \begin_layout Standard
26046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26049 \begin_layout Standard
26063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26083 \begin_layout Standard
26097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26117 \begin_layout Standard
26131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26160 \begin_layout Standard
26166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26169 \begin_layout Standard
26183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26186 \begin_layout Standard
26200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26203 \begin_layout Standard
26217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26237 \begin_layout Standard
26251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26254 \begin_layout Standard
26269 <row topline="true">
26270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26309 \begin_layout Standard
26323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26326 \begin_layout Standard
26340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26394 \begin_layout Standard
26408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26429 \begin_layout Standard
26443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26446 \begin_layout Standard
26460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26514 \begin_layout Standard
26529 <row topline="true">
26530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26533 \begin_layout Standard
26548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26603 \begin_layout Standard
26617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26620 \begin_layout Standard
26634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26689 \begin_layout Standard
26703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26706 \begin_layout Standard
26720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26757 \begin_layout Standard
26771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26789 <row topline="true">
26790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26793 \begin_layout Standard
26808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26820 \begin_layout Standard
26826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26931 \begin_layout Standard
26937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26940 \begin_layout Standard
26946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26966 \begin_layout Standard
26980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27017 \begin_layout Standard
27031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27049 <row topline="true">
27050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27053 \begin_layout Standard
27068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27159 \begin_layout Standard
27173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27176 \begin_layout Standard
27190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27202 \begin_layout Standard
27208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27211 \begin_layout Standard
27225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27228 \begin_layout Standard
27242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27245 \begin_layout Standard
27259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27311 <row topline="true">
27312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27315 \begin_layout Standard
27330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27333 \begin_layout Standard
27339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27368 \begin_layout Standard
27382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27402 \begin_layout Standard
27416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27475 \begin_layout Standard
27485 \begin_inset Note Note
27488 \begin_layout Standard
27499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27519 \begin_layout Standard
27533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27585 <row topline="true">
27586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27616 \begin_layout Standard
27622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27762 \begin_layout Standard
27776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27779 \begin_layout Standard
27793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27796 \begin_layout Standard
27810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27813 \begin_layout Standard
27827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27845 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27902 \begin_layout Standard
27916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27988 \begin_layout Standard
27994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27997 \begin_layout Standard
28011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28048 \begin_layout Standard
28062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28065 \begin_layout Standard
28079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28109 \begin_layout Standard
28110 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28112 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28113 also the characters from
28125 \begin_layout Itemize
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28135 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28140 \begin_layout Standard
28141 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28146 \begin_layout Standard
28147 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28152 \begin_layout Standard
28153 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28164 \begin_layout Standard
28170 \begin_layout Standard
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28180 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28186 is correct, S-M-macron.
28195 \begin_layout Itemize
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28224 \begin_layout Standard
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28273 \begin_layout Standard
28274 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28275 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28311 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28312 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28313 Also make sure you're using the
28317 font-encoding and have the package
28321 with the definition file
28328 \begin_layout Chapter
28332 \begin_layout Standard
28333 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28334 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28337 \begin_layout Standard
28338 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28339 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28340 to provide information:
28343 \begin_layout Itemize
28348 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28349 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28357 as some of us call it].
28360 \begin_layout Itemize
28363 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28365 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28369 \begin_layout Itemize
28374 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28375 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28378 \begin_layout Itemize
28383 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28386 \begin_layout Itemize
28389 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28391 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28397 \begin_layout Itemize
28398 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28400 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
28404 for help and answers to questions.
28407 \begin_layout Standard
28408 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28412 LyX Documentation Team,
28413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28416 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28417 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28420 \begin_layout Itemize
28429 \begin_layout Itemize
28430 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28445 \begin_layout Itemize
28446 General editing assistance.
28449 \begin_layout Itemize
28454 \begin_layout Itemize
28458 \begin_layout Itemize
28462 \begin_layout Itemize
28468 \begin_layout Itemize
28477 \begin_layout Itemize
28478 Primary contributor to
28483 \begin_layout Itemize
28484 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28490 \begin_layout Itemize
28499 \begin_layout Itemize
28500 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28515 \begin_layout Itemize
28516 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28522 \begin_layout Itemize
28529 \begin_layout Itemize
28530 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28536 \begin_layout Itemize
28545 \begin_layout Itemize
28546 Documentation of internationalization features in
28552 \begin_layout Itemize
28559 \begin_layout Itemize
28564 \begin_layout Itemize
28568 \begin_layout Itemize
28572 \begin_layout Itemize
28576 \begin_layout Itemize
28582 \begin_layout Itemize
28589 \begin_layout Itemize
28590 Primary contributor to
28596 \begin_layout Itemize
28603 \begin_layout Itemize
28608 \begin_layout Itemize
28612 \begin_layout Itemize
28613 using LaTeX from within LyX
28618 \begin_layout Itemize
28627 \begin_layout Itemize
28628 General organization and format of the documents.
28631 \begin_layout Itemize
28636 \begin_layout Itemize
28640 \begin_layout Itemize
28641 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28645 \begin_layout Itemize
28646 Also responsible for Introduction in
28651 \begin_layout Itemize
28652 Editor of the documents.
28653 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28658 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28662 \begin_layout Bibliography
28664 \bibitem {lyxcredit}
28669 \begin_layout Standard
28673 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28696 \begin_layout Bibliography
28698 \bibitem {latexbook}
28701 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28704 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28707 \begin_layout Bibliography
28709 \bibitem {latexcompanion}
28710 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28712 The LaTeX Companion.
28715 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28718 \begin_layout Bibliography
28720 \bibitem {latexguide}
28726 \begin_layout Bibliography